Wyckoff Method - Comprehensive Analysis# WYCKOFF METHOD - QUICK REFERENCE CHEAT SHEET
## 🟢 STRONGEST BUY SIGNALS
### 1. SPRING ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
- **What:** False breakdown below support on LOW volume
- **Look for:** Quick reversal, close above support
- **Entry:** When price closes back in range
- **Stop:** Below spring low
- **Target:** Top of range minimum
### 2. SOS (Sign of Strength) ⭐⭐⭐⭐
- **What:** Breakout above resistance on HIGH volume
- **Look for:** Wide spread up bar, strong close
- **Entry:** On breakout or wait for LPS pullback
- **Stop:** Below range top
- **Target:** Height of range projected up
### 3. SHAKEOUT ⭐⭐⭐⭐
- **What:** Sharp move below support with HIGH volume, immediate reversal
- **Look for:** Long lower wick, closes strong
- **Entry:** When price reclaims support
- **Stop:** Below shakeout low
- **Target:** Previous resistance
---
## 🔴 STRONGEST SELL SIGNALS
### 1. UTAD (Upthrust After Distribution) ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
- **What:** False breakout above resistance, quick rejection
- **Look for:** Spike high, weak close, often high volume
- **Entry:** When price closes back in range
- **Stop:** Above UTAD high
- **Target:** Bottom of range minimum
### 2. SOW (Sign of Weakness) ⭐⭐⭐⭐
- **What:** Breakdown below support on HIGH volume
- **Look for:** Wide spread down bar, weak close
- **Entry:** On breakdown or wait for LPSY rally
- **Stop:** Above range bottom
- **Target:** Height of range projected down
### 3. UPTHRUST ⭐⭐⭐⭐
- **What:** Move above resistance on LOW volume, weak close
- **Look for:** Long upper wick, closes in lower half
- **Entry:** When resistance holds
- **Stop:** Above upthrust high
- **Target:** Support level
---
## 📊 ACCUMULATION PHASES (Bottom Formation)
```
PHASE A: Stopping the Downtrend
├─ PS (Preliminary Support) - First buying
├─ SC (Selling Climax) - Panic bottom ⚠️ KEY EVENT
├─ AR (Automatic Rally) - Relief bounce
└─ ST (Secondary Test) - Retest SC low
PHASE B: Building the Cause
├─ Trading range forms
├─ Multiple tests of support
├─ Volume decreasing
└─ Absorption occurring
PHASE C: The Test
├─ SPRING - False breakdown ⚠️ KEY EVENT
└─ TEST - Support holds on low volume
PHASE D: Dominance Emerges
├─ SOS - Breakout ⚠️ KEY EVENT
├─ LPS - Last Point of Support (pullback)
└─ BU - Backup
PHASE E: Markup
└─ New uptrend, strong momentum
```
**Background Color:** Blue → Green (getting brighter)
**Action:** Buy in Phase C/D, Hold through Phase E
---
## 📊 DISTRIBUTION PHASES (Top Formation)
```
PHASE A: Stopping the Uptrend
├─ PSY (Preliminary Supply) - First selling
├─ BC (Buying Climax) - Euphoric top ⚠️ KEY EVENT
├─ AR (Automatic Reaction) - Sharp drop
└─ ST (Secondary Test) - Retest BC high
PHASE B: Building the Cause
├─ Trading range forms
├─ Multiple tests of resistance
├─ Demand being absorbed
└─ Volume patterns change
PHASE C: The Test
└─ UTAD - False breakout ⚠️ KEY EVENT
PHASE D: Dominance Emerges
├─ SOW - Breakdown ⚠️ KEY EVENT
└─ LPSY - Last Point of Supply (rally to exit)
PHASE E: Markdown
└─ New downtrend, strong selling
```
**Background Color:** Orange → Red (getting darker)
**Action:** Sell in Phase C/D, Stay out during Phase E
---
## 💰 VOLUME SPREAD ANALYSIS (VSA)
| Signal | Meaning | Color | Implication |
|--------|---------|-------|-------------|
| **ND** (No Demand) | Up bar, LOW volume | 🟠 Orange | Weakness - uptrend ending |
| **NS** (No Supply) | Down bar, LOW volume | 🔵 Blue | Strength - downtrend ending |
| **SV** (Stopping Volume) | VERY HIGH volume, narrow spread | 🟣 Purple | Potential reversal |
| **UT** (Upthrust) | Above resistance, LOW vol, weak close | 🔴 Red | Sell signal |
| **SO** (Shakeout) | Below support, HIGH vol, strong close | 🟢 Green | Buy signal |
---
## 🎯 VOLUME INTERPRETATION
| Volume Level | Bar Color | Meaning |
|--------------|-----------|---------|
| **VERY HIGH** (>2x average) | Dark Green/Red | Climax, potential reversal |
| **HIGH** (>1.5x average) | Light Green/Red | Strong interest |
| **NORMAL** | Gray | Average trading |
| **LOW** (<0.7x average) | Faint Gray | Testing, no interest |
---
## ⚖️ EFFORT vs RESULT
| Scenario | Volume | Spread | Meaning |
|----------|--------|--------|---------|
| **High Effort, Low Result** | HIGH | Narrow | ⚠️ Potential reversal |
| **Low Effort, High Result** | LOW | Wide | ⚠️ Trend weakening |
| **High Effort, High Result** | HIGH | Wide | ✅ Strong trend |
| **Low Effort, Low Result** | LOW | Narrow | 😴 No interest |
---
## 📏 TRADING RULES
### ✅ DO:
- ✅ Wait for confirmation before entering
- ✅ Trade in direction of higher timeframe
- ✅ Use springs and UTAD as primary signals
- ✅ Measure trading range for targets
- ✅ Place stops outside the range
- ✅ Look for volume confirmation
- ✅ Check multiple timeframes
- ✅ Focus on Phase C and D events
### ❌ DON'T:
- ❌ Buy during Phase E Markdown
- ❌ Sell during Phase E Markup
- ❌ Trade against major trend
- ❌ Ignore volume signals
- ❌ Enter without clear stop loss
- ❌ Trade every signal
- ❌ Use on very low timeframes without practice
- ❌ Ignore the context
---
## 🎪 COMPOSITE OPERATOR (Smart Money)
### 💰 Green Money Symbol (Bottom)
- **Meaning:** Institutions accumulating
- **Location:** Demand zones, springs, tests
- **Action:** Follow the smart money - buy
### 💰 Red Money Symbol (Top)
- **Meaning:** Institutions distributing
- **Location:** Supply zones, UTAD, weak rallies
- **Action:** Follow the smart money - sell
---
## 📍 SUPPLY & DEMAND ZONES
### 🟢 Demand Zones (Green Boxes)
- **Created at:** SC, Spring, Shakeout
- **Represents:** Where smart money bought
- **Action:** Look for bounces
### 🔴 Supply Zones (Red Boxes)
- **Created at:** BC, UTAD, Upthrust
- **Represents:** Where smart money sold
- **Action:** Look for rejections
---
## 🎯 TARGET CALCULATION
### Measured Move Method
```
1. Measure trading range height
Example: Top at 120, Bottom at 100 = 20 points
2. Add to breakout point (accumulation)
Breakout at 120 + 20 = Target: 140
3. Or subtract from breakdown (distribution)
Breakdown at 100 - 20 = Target: 80
```
### Multiple Targets
- **Conservative:** 1x range height (100% probability reached)
- **Moderate:** 1.5x range height (70% probability)
- **Aggressive:** 2x range height (40% probability)
---
## ⏰ TIMEFRAME GUIDE
| Timeframe | Use For | Reliability | Recommended For |
|-----------|---------|-------------|-----------------|
| **Weekly** | Major trends | ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ | Position traders |
| **Daily** | Swing trades | ⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐ | Most traders |
| **4-Hour** | Active swing | ⭐⭐⭐⭐ | Active traders |
| **1-Hour** | Day trading | ⭐⭐⭐ | Experienced only |
| **15-Min** | Scalping | ⭐⭐ | Experts only |
**Golden Rule:** Always check one timeframe higher for context!
---
## 🚨 ALERT PRIORITY
### 🔔 MUST-HAVE ALERTS
1. Spring
2. UTAD
3. SOS
4. SOW
### 🔔 NICE-TO-HAVE ALERTS
5. Selling Climax (SC)
6. Buying Climax (BC)
7. Smart Money Accumulation
8. Smart Money Distribution
### 🔔 CONFIRMATION ALERTS
9. Phase E Markup
10. Phase E Markdown
---
## 💡 QUICK DECISION TREE
```
Is there a clear trading range?
├─ YES
│ ├─ Did price break BELOW support?
│ │ ├─ Volume LOW + Quick reversal = SPRING → BUY ✅
│ │ └─ Volume HIGH + Stays down = Breakdown → SELL ⚠️
│ │
│ └─ Did price break ABOVE resistance?
│ ├─ Volume LOW + Quick reversal = UTAD → SELL ✅
│ └─ Volume HIGH + Stays up = Breakout → BUY ⚠️
│
└─ NO
├─ Strong uptrend = Wait for re-accumulation
└─ Strong downtrend = Wait for re-distribution
```
---
## 📝 PRE-TRADE CHECKLIST
Before entering any trade:
- Identified the current Wyckoff phase
- Confirmed with volume analysis
- Checked higher timeframe trend
- Located supply/demand zones
- Identified clear entry point
- Set stop loss level
- Calculated target (risk:reward >1:2)
- Verified position size (risk 1-2%)
- Have at least 2 confirming signals
- Not trading against major trend
---
## 🧠 REMEMBER
**The Three Laws:**
1. **Supply & Demand** - Price is determined by imbalance
2. **Cause & Effect** - Range size predicts move size
3. **Effort & Result** - Volume should confirm price movement
**The Key Principle:**
> "Trade with the Composite Operator (smart money), not against them"
**Best Setups:**
1. Spring in accumulation (Phase C)
2. UTAD in distribution (Phase C)
3. SOS breakout (Phase D)
4. SOW breakdown (Phase D)
**When in Doubt:**
- ❓ Stay out
- 📈 Use higher timeframe
- 📚 Review the documentation
- 🎯 Wait for clearer signal
---
## 📱 INDICATOR SETTINGS QUICK SETUP
**For Stocks/Crypto (Good Volume Data):**
- Volume MA Length: 20
- High Volume Multiplier: 1.5
- Climax Volume: 2.0
- Swing Length: 5
**For Forex (Limited Volume Data):**
- Volume MA Length: 20
- High Volume Multiplier: 1.3
- Climax Volume: 1.8
- Swing Length: 7
- Turn OFF "Volume Confirmation"
**For Day Trading:**
- Swing Length: 3
- All other settings: Default
**For Position Trading:**
- Swing Length: 7-10
- Volume MA Length: 30
- Use Daily/Weekly charts
---
## 🎓 SKILL PROGRESSION
### Beginner (Month 1-2)
- Focus on: SC, Spring, SOS
- Timeframe: Daily only
- Goal: Identify phases correctly
### Intermediate (Month 3-6)
- Add: All accumulation events
- Timeframe: Daily + 4H
- Goal: Trade springs profitably
### Advanced (Month 6-12)
- Add: Distribution events, VSA
- Timeframe: Multiple timeframes
- Goal: Trade complete cycles
### Expert (Year 2+)
- Master: All events, all timeframes
- Combine: With other methodologies
- Goal: Consistent profitability
---
**Print this sheet and keep it next to your trading desk!**
*Remember: Quality over quantity. Wait for the best setups.*
# Wyckoff Method - Comprehensive Analysis Indicator
## Complete Implementation Guide for TradingView Pine Script
---
## TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. (#overview)
2. (#installation)
3. (#theory)
4. (#components)
5. (#signals)
6. (#strategies)
7. (#settings)
8. (#alerts)
9. (#patterns)
10. (#troubleshooting)
---
## OVERVIEW
This indicator implements Richard Wyckoff's complete trading methodology, including:
- **All 5 Phases** of Accumulation and Distribution
- **18+ Wyckoff Events** (PS, SC, AR, ST, Spring, SOS, LPS, BC, UTAD, SOW, etc.)
- **Volume Spread Analysis (VSA)** principles
- **Supply & Demand Zone** detection
- **Composite Operator** logic (Smart Money tracking)
- **Effort vs Result** analysis
- **Three Wyckoff Laws**: Supply/Demand, Cause/Effect, Effort/Result
---
## INSTALLATION
### Step 1: Copy the Code
1. Open the `wyckoff_comprehensive.pine` file
2. Select all code (Ctrl+A / Cmd+A)
3. Copy to clipboard (Ctrl+C / Cmd+C)
### Step 2: Add to TradingView
1. Go to TradingView.com
2. Open any chart
3. Click "Pine Editor" at the bottom of the screen
4. Click "New" or "Open"
5. Paste the entire code
6. Click "Save" and give it a name
7. Click "Add to Chart"
### Step 3: Verify Installation
You should see:
- Labels on the chart (PS, SC, Spring, SOS, etc.)
- Background colors indicating phases
- Volume analysis in the lower pane
- A table in the top-right corner showing current phase
---
## WYCKOFF METHOD THEORY
### The Three Fundamental Laws
#### 1. **Law of Supply and Demand**
- Price rises when demand exceeds supply
- Price falls when supply exceeds demand
- The indicator tracks volume vs price movement to identify imbalances
#### 2. **Law of Cause and Effect**
- A period of accumulation (cause) leads to markup (effect)
- A period of distribution (cause) leads to markdown (effect)
- Trading ranges build "cause" for future price movement
#### 3. **Law of Effort vs Result**
- **Effort** = Volume (energy put into the market)
- **Result** = Price movement (spread of the bar)
- High effort with low result = potential reversal
- Low effort with high result = trend weakness
### The Five Phases
#### **ACCUMULATION CYCLE**
**Phase A: Stopping the Downtrend**
- Preliminary Support (PS): First sign of buying
- Selling Climax (SC): Panic selling exhaustion
- Automatic Rally (AR): Bounce from SC
- Secondary Test (ST): Test of SC low on lower volume
**Phase B: Building the Cause**
- Trading range develops
- Supply being absorbed by composite operator
- Multiple tests of support and resistance
- Volume generally decreases
**Phase C: The Test (Spring)**
- False breakdown below support
- Traps late sellers
- Quick reversal on low volume
- Last chance to accumulate before markup
**Phase D: Dominance Emerges**
- Sign of Strength (SOS): Break above resistance
- Last Point of Support (LPS): Pullback opportunity
- Backup (BU): Final consolidation
- Demand clearly exceeds supply
**Phase E: Markup**
- New uptrend established
- Price moves rapidly higher
- Phase E can last months/years
- Original trading range becomes support
#### **DISTRIBUTION CYCLE**
**Phase A: Stopping the Uptrend**
- Preliminary Supply (PSY): First sign of selling
- Buying Climax (BC): Euphoric buying exhaustion
- Automatic Reaction (AR): Sharp selloff from BC
- Secondary Test (ST): Test of BC high on lower volume
**Phase B: Building the Cause**
- Trading range at top
- Demand being absorbed by composite operator
- Multiple tests of support and resistance
**Phase C: The Test (UTAD)**
- Upthrust After Distribution
- False breakout above resistance
- Traps late buyers
- Quick reversal
**Phase D: Dominance Emerges**
- Sign of Weakness (SOW): Break below support
- Last Point of Supply (LPSY): Rally opportunity to exit
- Supply clearly exceeds demand
**Phase E: Markdown**
- New downtrend established
- Price moves rapidly lower
- Original trading range becomes resistance
---
## INDICATOR COMPONENTS
### 1. EVENT LABELS
#### Accumulation Events (Green labels)
- **PS** = Preliminary Support
- **SC** = Selling Climax (largest label, most important)
- **AR** = Automatic Rally
- **ST** = Secondary Test
- **SPRING** = Spring (critical buy signal)
- **TEST** = Test of support
- **SOS** = Sign of Strength (breakout)
- **LPS** = Last Point of Support
- **BU** = Backup
#### Distribution Events (Red labels)
- **PSY** = Preliminary Supply
- **BC** = Buying Climax (largest label, most important)
- **AR** = Automatic Reaction
- **ST** = Secondary Test
- **UTAD** = Upthrust After Distribution (critical sell signal)
- **SOW** = Sign of Weakness
- **LPSY** = Last Point of Supply
#### VSA Events (Small colored labels)
- **ND** (Orange) = No Demand - weakness
- **NS** (Blue) = No Supply - strength
- **SV** (Purple) = Stopping Volume
- **UT** (Red) = Upthrust - weakness
- **SO** (Green) = Shakeout - strength
#### Composite Operator (💰 symbols)
- Green 💰 at bottom = Smart Money Accumulation
- Red 💰 at top = Smart Money Distribution
### 2. BACKGROUND COLORS
- **Light Blue** = Phase A (Accumulation)
- **Light Orange** = Phase A (Distribution)
- **Very Light Green** = Phase C (Accumulation Testing)
- **Very Light Red** = Phase C (Distribution Testing)
- **Light Green** = Phase D (Accumulation Strength)
- **Light Red** = Phase D (Distribution Weakness)
- **Green** = Phase E (Markup - Bull trend)
- **Red** = Phase E (Markdown - Bear trend)
### 3. SUPPLY & DEMAND ZONES
- **Green boxes** = Demand zones (where smart money accumulated)
- **Red boxes** = Supply zones (where smart money distributed)
- Zones extend 20 bars into the future
- Price reactions at these zones are significant
### 4. VOLUME PANEL
- **Dark Green/Red bars** = Very High Volume (climax)
- **Light Green/Red bars** = High Volume
- **Gray bars** = Normal Volume
- **Faint Gray bars** = Low Volume
- **Blue line** = Volume Moving Average
### 5. INFORMATION TABLE (Top Right)
Displays real-time analysis:
- **Current Phase** (A, B, C, D, or E)
- **Status** (description of what's happening)
- **Volume** (Very High, High, Normal, Low)
- **Spread** (Wide, Normal, Narrow)
- **Effort/Result** (Poor, Normal, Good)
- **Range** (YES if in trading range)
- **Bias** (BULLISH, BEARISH, or NEUTRAL)
---
## HOW TO READ THE SIGNALS
### STRONG BUY SIGNALS (in order of strength)
1. **SPRING** (strongest)
- False breakdown below support
- Look for: Low volume, quick reversal, close above support
- Entry: When price closes back above support level
- Stop: Below the spring low
2. **SOS (Sign of Strength)**
- Break above trading range resistance
- Look for: High volume, wide spread up bar
- Entry: On breakout or pullback to LPS
- Stop: Below trading range
3. **Shakeout (SO)**
- Similar to spring but more violent
- Look for: High volume, penetration of support, strong close
- Entry: When price reclaims support
- Stop: Below shakeout low
4. **LPS (Last Point of Support)**
- Pullback after SOS
- Look for: Low volume, shallow pullback
- Entry: When support holds
- Stop: Below LPS
5. **No Supply (NS)**
- Down bar on very low volume
- Indicates lack of selling pressure
- Confirms accumulation phase
### STRONG SELL SIGNALS (in order of strength)
1. **UTAD (Upthrust After Distribution)** (strongest)
- False breakout above resistance
- Look for: High volume spike, rejection, close below resistance
- Entry: When price closes back below resistance
- Stop: Above UTAD high
2. **SOW (Sign of Weakness)**
- Break below trading range support
- Look for: High volume, wide spread down bar
- Entry: On breakdown or rally to LPSY
- Stop: Above trading range
3. **Upthrust (UT)**
- Move above resistance on low volume, weak close
- Look for: Low volume, close in lower half of bar
- Entry: When resistance becomes resistance again
- Stop: Above upthrust high
4. **LPSY (Last Point of Supply)**
- Rally after SOW
- Look for: Low volume, weak rally
- Entry: When rally fails
- Stop: Above LPSY
5. **No Demand (ND)**
- Up bar on very low volume
- Indicates lack of buying pressure
- Confirms distribution phase
### NEUTRAL/WARNING SIGNALS
- **High Effort, Low Result** = Potential reversal coming
- **Stopping Volume** = Trend may be ending
- **Absorption** = Large volume with small movement (accumulation/distribution)
---
## TRADING STRATEGY EXAMPLES
### Strategy 1: Accumulation Range Breakout
**Setup:**
1. Identify trading range (blue background in Phase B)
2. Wait for Spring or Test (Phase C)
3. Wait for SOS breakout (Phase D)
**Entry:**
- Option A: Buy on SOS breakout
- Option B: Wait for LPS pullback (better risk/reward)
**Stop Loss:**
- Below the spring low or trading range bottom
**Target:**
- Measure height of trading range (cause)
- Project upward from breakout point (effect)
- Minimum target = range height
**Example:**
```
Trading Range: 100 to 120 (20 point range)
SOS Breakout at: 120
Target: 120 + 20 = 140 minimum
```
### Strategy 2: Distribution Range Breakdown
**Setup:**
1. Identify trading range after uptrend
2. Wait for UTAD (Phase C)
3. Wait for SOW breakdown (Phase D)
**Entry:**
- Option A: Sell on SOW breakdown
- Option B: Wait for LPSY rally (better risk/reward)
**Stop Loss:**
- Above the UTAD high or trading range top
**Target:**
- Measure height of trading range
- Project downward from breakdown point
- Minimum target = range height
### Strategy 3: Spring Trading
**Setup:**
1. Strong downtrend followed by range
2. Price breaks below range bottom
3. Volume is LOW on breakdown
4. Price quickly reverses and closes above support
**Entry:**
- When candle closes above support level
- Or on retest of support
**Stop Loss:**
- Below spring low (usually tight)
**Target:**
- Top of trading range
- Previous swing high
**Risk/Reward:**
- Typically 1:3 or better
### Strategy 4: Smart Money Tracking
**Setup:**
1. Look for 💰 symbols in demand zones
2. Multiple accumulation signals (PS, SC, ST, Test)
3. Volume decreasing during range
**Entry:**
- At next demand zone test
- On SOS breakout
**Confirmation:**
- Background turning green (Phase D/E)
- Table shows "BULLISH" bias
### Strategy 5: VSA Reversal
**Setup:**
1. Strong trend in place
2. Stopping Volume (SV) appears at extreme
3. Followed by No Demand (ND) or No Supply (NS)
**Entry:**
- When trend breaks down/up
- On retest of extreme
**Example (Bullish):**
```
Downtrend → Stopping Volume → No Supply → Up bar
Entry: Buy when price moves above SV bar
```
---
## SETTINGS & CUSTOMIZATION
### Volume Analysis Settings
**Volume MA Length** (default: 20)
- Shorter = More sensitive to volume changes
- Longer = Smoother, less noise
- Recommended: 15-25 for most timeframes
**High Volume Multiplier** (default: 1.5)
- Threshold for "high volume"
- Lower = More signals
- Higher = Only extreme volume
- Recommended: 1.3-2.0
**Climax Volume Multiplier** (default: 2.0)
- Threshold for climax events (SC, BC)
- Should be significantly higher than normal
- Recommended: 2.0-3.0
### Phase Detection Settings
**Swing Detection Length** (default: 5)
- How many bars to look left/right for swing points
- Shorter = More swings detected (more noise)
- Longer = Fewer swings (cleaner, might miss some)
- Recommended: 3-7
**Range Expansion Threshold** (default: 1.5)
- Multiplier for "wide spread" bars
- Higher = Only very wide bars qualify
- Recommended: 1.3-2.0
**Volume Confirmation** (default: ON)
- Requires volume confirmation for events
- Turn OFF for very low volume instruments
- Keep ON for stocks, forex, crypto
### Display Options
Toggle on/off:
- ✅ **Show Accumulation/Distribution Phases** - Background colors
- ✅ **Show Wyckoff Events** - All labeled events
- ✅ **Show Volume Spread Analysis** - VSA labels
- ✅ **Show Supply/Demand Zones** - Boxes on chart
- ✅ **Show Composite Operator Signals** - 💰 symbols
### Color Customization
- **Bullish Color** - All accumulation events
- **Bearish Color** - All distribution events
- **Neutral Color** - Range/neutral signals
---
## ALERT SETUP
### Available Alerts
1. **Selling Climax (SC)** - Potential bottom forming
2. **Spring** - Strong buy signal
3. **Sign of Strength (SOS)** - Bullish breakout
4. **Buying Climax (BC)** - Potential top forming
5. **UTAD** - Strong sell signal
6. **Sign of Weakness (SOW)** - Bearish breakdown
7. **Phase E Markup** - Uptrend confirmed
8. **Phase E Markdown** - Downtrend confirmed
9. **Smart Money Accumulation** - Institutions buying
10. **Smart Money Distribution** - Institutions selling
### How to Set Up Alerts
1. Click the "⏰" icon on TradingView
2. Select "Create Alert"
3. Condition: Choose the indicator and alert type
4. Example: "Wyckoff Method - Spring"
5. Set notification preferences (popup, email, webhook)
6. Click "Create"
### Recommended Alert Strategy
**Conservative Trader:**
- Spring
- SOS
- UTAD
- SOW
**Aggressive Trader:**
- Add: SC, BC, Smart Money signals
**Long-term Investor:**
- Phase E Markup
- Phase E Markdown
- Smart Money Accumulation
---
## COMMON PATTERNS
### Pattern 1: Classic Accumulation
```
Phase A: Downtrend → PS → SC → AR → ST
Phase B: Range building (4-12 weeks typical)
Phase C: Spring (false breakdown)
Phase D: SOS → LPS → BU
Phase E: Markup (new uptrend)
```
**What to do:**
- Mark the range boundaries
- Wait for spring
- Buy on LPS or SOS
- Hold through markup
### Pattern 2: Classic Distribution
```
Phase A: Uptrend → PSY → BC → AR → ST
Phase B: Range building (topping process)
Phase C: UTAD (false breakout)
Phase D: SOW → LPSY
Phase E: Markdown (new downtrend)
```
**What to do:**
- Mark the range boundaries
- Wait for UTAD
- Sell on LPSY or SOW
- Stay out during markdown
### Pattern 3: Re-Accumulation
```
Uptrend → Trading Range → Spring → Uptrend continues
```
- Occurs during existing uptrend
- Shorter accumulation period
- Often no clear SC (trend is already up)
- Spring is the key signal
### Pattern 4: Re-Distribution
```
Downtrend → Trading Range → UTAD → Downtrend continues
```
- Occurs during existing downtrend
- Shorter distribution period
- Often no clear BC (trend is already down)
- UTAD is the key signal
### Pattern 5: Failed Breakout
**Bullish Failed Breakout:**
```
Range → Breakdown → Immediate reversal (Spring)
```
- Price breaks support
- Volume is LOW
- Immediate strong reversal
- Very bullish
**Bearish Failed Breakout:**
```
Range → Breakout → Immediate reversal (UTAD)
```
- Price breaks resistance
- Volume may be high initially
- Quick rejection and reversal
- Very bearish
---
## TIMEFRAME RECOMMENDATIONS
### Daily Charts (Most Reliable)
- Best for swing trading
- Clear phases and events
- Less noise
- Recommended for beginners
### 4-Hour Charts
- Good for active swing traders
- Faster signals than daily
- Still reliable
### 1-Hour Charts
- For day traders
- More false signals
- Need to filter carefully
- Use in conjunction with higher timeframe
### 15-Minute / 5-Minute
- Only for experienced traders
- High noise level
- Many false signals
- Use daily chart for context
**Golden Rule:** Always check higher timeframe first!
---
## MULTI-TIMEFRAME ANALYSIS
### Top-Down Approach (Recommended)
1. **Weekly Chart** - Identify major trend and phase
2. **Daily Chart** - Find current accumulation/distribution
3. **4H Chart** - Identify entry timing
4. **Entry Timeframe** - Execute trade
### Example Analysis:
**Weekly:** Phase E Markup (bullish)
**Daily:** Phase B Re-accumulation
**4-Hour:** Spring detected
**Action:** Buy on daily LPS
---
## WYCKOFF + OTHER INDICATORS
### Complementary Tools
1. **Moving Averages**
- 20/50 SMA for trend context
- Already plotted on indicator
2. **RSI**
- Divergences at SC/BC
- Confirms overbought/oversold
3. **MACD**
- Confirms trend change in Phase D
- Divergences support Wyckoff events
4. **Volume Profile**
- Identifies value areas
- Confirms supply/demand zones
5. **Order Flow / Footprint Charts**
- See institutional activity
- Confirms smart money signals
**Don't Over-Complicate:**
- Wyckoff is a complete system
- Other indicators are supplementary
- When in doubt, trust Wyckoff
---
## TROUBLESHOOTING
### Issue: Too Many Labels
**Solution:**
- Increase swing length (Settings → 7 or 10)
- Increase volume multipliers
- Turn off VSA labels if not needed
- Focus on major events only (SC, Spring, SOS, BC, UTAD, SOW)
### Issue: Missing Expected Events
**Solution:**
- Decrease swing length (Settings → 3)
- Decrease volume multipliers
- Turn OFF volume confirmation
- Check timeframe (use daily chart)
### Issue: False Signals
**Solution:**
- Use higher timeframe
- Wait for confirmation
- Don't trade against major trend
- Look for multiple signal convergence
### Issue: Can't See Background Colors
**Solution:**
- Check "Show Phases" is enabled
- Increase monitor brightness
- Colors are subtle by design (not to obscure price)
### Issue: Volume Shows Incorrectly
**Solution:**
- Ensure volume data is available for your symbol
- Some symbols have poor volume data
- Forex spot pairs have no real volume
- Use futures or stock markets for best results
### Issue: No Trading Range Detected
**Solution:**
- Market may be trending strongly
- Trading range might be too small
- Wait for price to consolidate
- Not all markets have clear ranges
---
## ADVANCED TIPS
### 1. Count Point & Figure Charts
- Wyckoff used P&F to measure "cause"
- Width of range × height = minimum move target
- Longer accumulation = larger markup
### 2. Watch for Absorption
- High volume + narrow spread = someone absorbing
- In downtrend = accumulation
- In uptrend = distribution
### 3. Multiple Timeframe Springs
- Spring on daily + spring on weekly = very strong
- Increases probability significantly
### 4. Failed Signals Are Signals Too
- Failed spring = weakness, expect lower
- Failed UTAD = strength, expect higher
### 5. Context is King
- Don't buy during Phase E Markdown
- Don't sell during Phase E Markup
- Respect the major trend
### 6. Volume Precedes Price
- Study volume changes first
- Price follows volume
- Decreasing volume in range = building energy
### 7. Composite Operator Mindset
- Think like institutions
- Where would smart money buy/sell?
- They need liquidity (retail traders)
---
## RISK MANAGEMENT
### Position Sizing
**Conservative:**
- Risk 1% per trade
- Wider stops at range boundaries
**Moderate:**
- Risk 1-2% per trade
- Stops below spring/above UTAD
**Aggressive:**
- Risk 2-3% per trade
- Tight stops
- Higher win rate needed
### Stop Loss Placement
**Accumulation:**
- Below spring low
- Below trading range bottom
- Below demand zone
**Distribution:**
- Above UTAD high
- Above trading range top
- Above supply zone
### Take Profit Strategy
**Method 1: Measured Move**
- Range height = minimum target
- 2x range height = extended target
**Method 2: Fibonacci Extensions**
- 1.0 = range height
- 1.618 = extended target
- 2.618 = maximum target
**Method 3: Trail the Stop**
- Move stop to breakeven at 1R
- Trail under swing lows in markup
- Lock in profits progressively
---
## BACKTESTING CHECKLIST
Before trading with real money:
- Backtest on 50+ historical examples
- Record all signals in trading journal
- Calculate win rate (aim for >50%)
- Calculate average R:R (aim for >1:2)
- Test on multiple instruments
- Test on multiple timeframes
- Test in different market conditions
- Verify signal consistency
- Practice on demo account
- Start small with real money
---
## RECOMMENDED READING
### Books
1. **"Studies in Tape Reading"** - Richard D. Wyckoff
2. **"The Richard D. Wyckoff Method"** - Rubén Villahermosa
3. **"Charting the Stock Market: The Wyckoff Method"** - Jack Hutson
4. **"Master the Markets"** - Tom Williams (VSA)
### Courses
1. Wyckoff Analytics - Official Wyckoff course
2. TradeVSA - Volume Spread Analysis
3. StockCharts - Wyckoff education
### Communities
1. Wyckoff Analytics Forum
2. Reddit r/Wyckoff
3. TradingView Wyckoff ideas section
---
## FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
**Q: Can I use this on crypto?**
A: Yes, works well on major cryptocurrencies with good volume.
**Q: Does it work on forex?**
A: Yes, but use futures volume (like 6E for EUR/USD) for better accuracy.
**Q: What's the best timeframe?**
A: Daily chart for most traders. 4H for more active trading.
**Q: How long does accumulation last?**
A: Typically 2-12 weeks. Longer accumulation = bigger markup.
**Q: Can I automate this?**
A: You can use the alerts, but manual analysis is recommended.
**Q: What's the win rate?**
A: With proper filtering: 60-70% on major signals (Spring, UTAD, SOS, SOW).
**Q: Should I trade every signal?**
A: No. Focus on Spring, UTAD, SOS, and SOW in trending markets.
**Q: What if I see conflicting signals?**
A: Use higher timeframe for context. When in doubt, stay out.
**Q: How do I know which phase I'm in?**
A: Check the table in top-right corner. Also look at background color.
**Q: Can I use this for options trading?**
A: Yes, excellent for timing option entries (especially around Spring/UTAD).
---
## FINAL THOUGHTS
The Wyckoff Method is:
- **A complete trading system** (not just an indicator)
- **Based on 100+ years** of market wisdom
- **Used by institutions** and professional traders
- **Requires practice** and screen time
- **Highly effective** when applied correctly
**Success Tips:**
1. Start with daily charts
2. Focus on major events (SC, Spring, SOS, BC, UTAD, SOW)
3. Always check higher timeframe context
4. Wait for confirmation before entering
5. Manage risk properly
6. Keep a trading journal
7. Be patient - wait for the best setups
**Remember:**
- Not every range will have all events
- Some phases may be abbreviated
- Context and confluence matter most
- Practice makes perfect
---
## SUPPORT & UPDATES
For questions, improvements, or bug reports:
- Check TradingView script comments
- Join Wyckoff trading communities
- Study historical examples
- Practice on demo accounts
**Good luck and happy trading!**
---
*Disclaimer: This indicator is for educational purposes. Always do your own analysis and risk management. Past performance does not guarantee future results.*
# WYCKOFF VISUAL SETUP EXAMPLES
## ACCUMULATION SCHEMATIC #1 (Classic Bottom)
```
Price Chart View:
│ PHASE E
│ MARKUP
│ ╱
│ ╱
┌─SOS─────┤ ╱
│ │ ╱
┌───────────┤ ┌LPS │╱
│ PHASE B │ │ │
│ (Cause) └──┴──────┤
┌AR──┤ │
┌────┤ │ ┌─Spring │ PHASE D
│ └ST──┤ │ │
│ │ │ │
────SC────────┴─────────┴───────────┴──────────
│
PS
│ PHASE A
│
Downtrend
```
### PHASE A - Stopping the Downtrend
```
PS: │ High volume down bar
▼ First sign of support
■ Not bottom yet
SC: │ VERY HIGH volume
▼ Panic selling exhaustion
█ Long lower wick
█ This is the low
AR: │ Automatic rally
▲ Relief bounce
■ High volume acceptable
ST: │ Secondary test
▼ Low volume (KEY!)
■ Tests SC low
```
### PHASE B - Building the Cause
```
┌─────────┐
│ ~~~ │ Multiple tests
│ ~ ~ │ Volume decreases
│~ ~ │ Range gets tighter
└─────────┘
Duration: 2-12 weeks typical
The longer, the bigger the eventual move
```
### PHASE C - The Test (SPRING)
```
║ False breakdown
─────╨─────
▼ Low volume
█ Breaks below support
■
█ Quick reversal
▲ Closes ABOVE support
CRITICAL: Volume must be LOW
Close must be strong
Happens quickly (1-3 bars)
```
### PHASE D - Strength Emerges
```
SOS: ▲ Sign of Strength
────╥──── Break above resistance
║ High volume
║ Wide spread
LPS: ▼ Last Point Support
■ Pullback on LOW volume
▲ Great entry point
BU: ▲ Backup
■ Final consolidation
▲ Before markup
```
### PHASE E - Markup
```
╱
╱
╱ Strong uptrend
╱ High momentum
╱ Can last months/years
──╱──
```
---
## DISTRIBUTION SCHEMATIC #2 (Classic Top)
```
Price Chart View:
Uptrend
│
PSY
│ PHASE A
────BC────────┬─────────┬───────────┬──────────
│ │ UTAD │
│ PHASE B │ │ PHASE D
┌AR──┤ ┌LPSY │ │
│ │ │ └───────────┤
│ └──┴──────┐ │╲
└ST──┤ │ │ ╲
│ └───────────┤ ╲
└─SOW─────┤ │ ╲
│ │ ╲
│ PHASE C │ ╲
│ │ PHASE E
│ │ MARKDOWN
```
### PHASE A - Stopping the Uptrend
```
PSY: │ High volume up bar
▲ Preliminary supply
■ Selling starting
BC: │ VERY HIGH volume
▲ Buying climax
█ Euphoric top
█ Long upper wick
AR: │ Automatic reaction
▼ Sharp selloff
■ High volume
ST: │ Secondary test
▲ Low volume (KEY!)
■ Tests BC high
```
### PHASE C - The Test (UTAD)
```
▲ False breakout
────╥────
║ Breaks ABOVE resistance
║ Often high volume spike
▼
█ Rejection / weak close
█ Closes BELOW resistance
▼
CRITICAL: Closes weak
Quick rejection
Traps buyers
```
### PHASE D - Weakness Emerges
```
SOW: ▼ Sign of Weakness
────╨──── Break below support
║ High volume
║ Wide spread
LPSY: ▲ Last Point Supply
■ Rally on LOW volume
▼ Last chance to exit
```
---
## VOLUME PATTERNS (Critical to Understanding)
### ACCUMULATION Volume Pattern
```
Volume
│ SC
█
█ ST
■ ■ Spring
■ ■ ■ SOS LPS
──┴────┴────┴──────█───■────►
│ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
A A C D D
Pattern: HIGH → low → low → HIGH → low
Key: Volume DECREASES during range
INCREASES on breakout
```
### DISTRIBUTION Volume Pattern
```
Volume
│ BC
█
█ ST
■ ■ UTAD
■ ■ ■ SOW LPSY
──┴────┴────┴──────█───■────►
│ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
A A C D D
Pattern: HIGH → low → varies → HIGH → low
Key: Volume MAY increase on UTAD
Definitely HIGH on breakdown (SOW)
```
---
## REAL TRADE SETUPS
### Setup #1: SPRING BUY
```
Entry Conditions:
1. Clear trading range identified
2. Price breaks BELOW support
3. Volume is LOW (critical!)
4. Price reverses QUICKLY
5. Closes ABOVE support level
Entry: Next bar or on retest
Stop: Below spring low
Target: Top of range (minimum)
Example:
Support: $100
Spring low: $98 (low volume)
Close: $101
Entry: $102
Stop: $97.50
Target: $120 (range top)
Risk/Reward: 1:4
```
### Setup #2: UTAD SELL
```
Entry Conditions:
1. Clear trading range identified (after uptrend)
2. Price breaks ABOVE resistance
3. Often high volume spike
4. Price reverses QUICKLY
5. Closes BELOW resistance level
Entry: Next bar or on retest
Stop: Above UTAD high
Target: Bottom of range (minimum)
Example:
Resistance: $200
UTAD high: $205 (spike)
Close: $198
Entry: $197
Stop: $206
Target: $180 (range bottom)
Risk/Reward: 1:2
```
### Setup #3: SOS BREAKOUT
```
Entry Conditions:
1. Clear accumulation range
2. Spring already occurred (ideal)
3. Price breaks ABOVE resistance
4. HIGH volume on breakout
5. Wide spread up bar
Entry Option A: On breakout ($120)
Entry Option B: Wait for LPS pullback ($115)
Stop: Below range or LPS
Target: Range height projected up
Example:
Range: $100-$120 (20 points)
SOS breakout: $120
Entry A: $120
Stop: $115
Target 1: $140 (100%)
Target 2: $150 (150%)
```
---
## VSA SPECIFIC PATTERNS
### Pattern 1: No Demand (Weakness)
```
▲
■ Up bar
■ Low volume ◄── KEY
▲ Small body
Context: After uptrend
Meaning: Buyers exhausted
Action: Prepare to sell
```
### Pattern 2: No Supply (Strength)
```
▼
■ Down bar
■ Low volume ◄── KEY
▼ Small body
Context: After downtrend
Meaning: Sellers exhausted
Action: Prepare to buy
```
### Pattern 3: Stopping Volume
```
═ Very high volume
█ Narrow spread ◄── KEY
═ Price not moving
Context: At extremes
Meaning: Absorption
Action: Expect reversal
```
---
## COMMON MISTAKES (What NOT to Do)
### ❌ Mistake 1: Buying Prematurely
```
WRONG:
SC
▼
█ ← DON'T BUY HERE
CORRECT:
Spring
─────╨─────
▼
█ ← BUY HERE
▲
```
### ❌ Mistake 2: Ignoring Volume
```
WRONG: "It broke below support, must be spring"
─────╨───── High volume
█
This is a BREAKDOWN, not a spring!
CORRECT Spring:
─────╨───── LOW volume ✓
■ Quick reversal ✓
▲
```
### ❌ Mistake 3: Trading Against Trend
```
WRONG:
Markdown Phase E
╲
╲ ← Trying to buy here
╲
╲
CORRECT:
Wait for new accumulation to complete
```
---
## MULTI-TIMEFRAME EXAMPLE
### Weekly Chart: Phase E Markup (Bullish)
```
╱
╱
╱ Long-term uptrend
╱
───╱─────
```
### Daily Chart: Re-Accumulation Phase C
```
┌─────────┐
│ Spring │ ← We are here
│ ▼ │
─────┴────█────┴─────
▲
```
### 4-Hour Chart: Entry Timing
```
Last 48 hours:
─────╨───── Spring occurred
█
▲ ← Enter now
■
```
**Result:** Triple confirmation across timeframes = High probability trade
---
## PROFIT TARGETS (Visual Guide)
### Method 1: Basic Measured Move
```
Resistance: 120 ┐ ─────────
│
│ 20 points
│
Support: 100 ┘ ─────────
Breakout: 120
Target: 120 + 20 = 140
╱╱╱ 140 (Target)
╱╱╱
╱╱╱
──────◄ 120 (Breakout)
│
Range │ 20
│
──────┘ 100
```
### Method 2: Multiple Targets
```
╱╱╱ 150 (Target 3: 2.5x) - 20% position
╱╱╱
╱╱╱ 140 (Target 2: 2x) - 30% position
╱╱╱
─────◄╱ 130 (Target 1: 1x) - 50% position
│
10 │ 120 (Breakout)
│
─────┘ 110 (Support)
```
### Method 3: Trailing Stop
```
1. Move stop to breakeven at Target 1
2. Trail stop under swing lows
3. Let winners run
╱╱╱
╱ ╱╱ ← Trail stop here
╱╱ ╱
╱ ╱ ← Then here
─────◄──╱
← Start here (breakeven)
```
---
## TIMING ENTRIES (Exact Bar Patterns)
### Perfect Spring Entry
```
Bar 1: ▼ Breaks below (Low vol)
█
Bar 2: ▲ Reverses (Closes strong)
█ ◄─ ENTER HERE
Bar 3: ■ Confirms
▲
DON'T WAIT for Bar 3!
Enter on Bar 2 close
```
### Perfect UTAD Entry
```
Bar 1: ▲ Breaks above (Spike vol OK)
█
Bar 2: ▼ Reverses (Closes weak)
█ ◄─ ENTER HERE
Bar 3: ■ Confirms
▼
SHORT on Bar 2 close
Don't wait for more confirmation
```
---
## COMPOSITE OPERATOR PSYCHOLOGY
### What Smart Money Does (Follow Them)
**Accumulation:**
```
1. Create fear (PS, SC)
2. Shake out weak hands (Spring)
3. Absorb supply quietly (Phase B)
4. Test for remaining supply (Test)
5. Mark it up (SOS → Phase E)
💰 They buy LOW when retail panics
```
**Distribution:**
```
1. Create euphoria (PSY, BC)
2. Trap late buyers (UTAD)
3. Distribute to buyers (Phase B)
4. Test for remaining demand (ST)
5. Mark it down (SOW → Phase E)
💰 They sell HIGH when retail buys
```
### Where to Look for Smart Money
```
💰 Buy signals appear at:
- Demand zones (green boxes)
- Springs and shakeouts
- Tests of support
- After selling climax
💰 Sell signals appear at:
- Supply zones (red boxes)
- UTAD and upthrusts
- Weak rallies (LPSY)
- After buying climax
```
---
## PRACTICE EXERCISES
### Exercise 1: Identify the Phase
Look at any chart and ask:
1. Is there a trading range? (Phase B likely)
2. Did we just stop a trend? (Phase A)
3. Was there a spring/UTAD? (Phase C)
4. Is there a breakout? (Phase D)
5. Is trend running? (Phase E)
### Exercise 2: Volume Analysis
For each bar, note:
- Volume level (High/Normal/Low)
- Spread (Wide/Normal/Narrow)
- Effort vs Result (Matching? Diverging?)
### Exercise 3: Find Historical Springs
Go back 6 months:
- Mark all springs you can find
- Note the setup before each
- Track what happened after
- Calculate win rate
---
## FINAL VISUALIZATION: The Complete Cycle
```
ACCUMULATION → MARKUP → DISTRIBUTION → MARKDOWN → ACCUMULATION...
Distribution Accumulation
(Top) (Bottom)
┌───────────────┐ ┌───────────────┐
│ BC UTAD │ │ Spring SC │
│ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
────┴───┴───┴───────┴─╲ ╱────────┴───┴───┴────
╲ ╱
Markdown ╲ ╱ Markup
(Phase E) ╲ ╱ (Phase E)
╲ ╱
╲ ╱
╲ ╱
╲ ╱
V
The market cycles endlessly
Your job: Identify where you are in the cycle
Trade accordingly
```
---
**Remember:**
- 📊 Study charts daily
- 📝 Journal every setup
- 🎯 Wait for the best signals
- 💰 Follow smart money
- ⏰ Be patient
- 🚀 Let winners run
**The indicator does the heavy lifting - you make the decisions!**
Search in scripts for "scalping"
INSTITUTIONAL VOLUME PROFILE + FIBONACCI + ENHANCED SIGNALS🎯 INSTITUTIONAL VOLUME PROFILE + FIBONACCI + ENHANCED SIGNALS
A professional-grade indicator combining Volume Profile analysis, Fibonacci retracements, Anchored VWAP, and intelligent signal filtering to identify high-probability institutional positioning and trade setups.
📊 CORE FEATURES
▸ Volume Profile with POC (Point of Control)
- Visualizes where institutional volume accumulated
- Identifies High Volume Nodes (HVN) as key support/resistance
- Shows Value Area (70% volume zone) for market equilibrium
▸ Dynamic Fibonacci Levels
- Auto-detects swing high/low for retracement levels
- Golden Pocket (0.618-0.65) highlight zone
- Bull/bear direction recognition
▸ Anchored VWAP
- Anchored to swing range start
- Institutional mean reversion baseline
- Real-time trend bias indicator
▸ Graded Signal System (A+/B/C)
- A+ Signals: High probability setups (VWAP cross + POC alignment)
- B Signals: Above-average quality (VWAP cross above POC)
- C Signals: Lower probability (counter-trend setups)
🎮 DISPLAY MODES
⚡ TRADING LIVE MODE
- Clean chart showing only A+ signals
- Minimal visual noise for active trading
- Perfect for intraday execution
📈 FULL OVERVIEW MODE
- Complete analysis with all zones visible
- Volume Profile + Fibonacci + Value Area
- All signal grades displayed
- Statistics dashboard
🔬 ADVANCED SIGNAL FILTERS
✓ Volume Confirmation
- Requires above-average volume on signals
- Filters out weak institutional participation
- Configurable volume multiple (default 1.2x)
✓ Momentum Filter
- Ensures price momentum aligns with signal direction
- Prevents counter-trend entries
- Configurable lookback period
✓ SR Proximity Upgrade ⭐ GAME CHANGER
- Automatically upgrades B/C signals to A+ when near key levels
- Detects proximity to POC and HVN zones
- Combines technical confluence for best setups
🔔 SMART ALERTS
▸ Configurable alerts for A+, B, or C signals
▸ Real-time notifications to your device
▸ No need to watch charts constantly
▸ "Once per bar close" prevents repainting
💡 HOW TO USE
FOR DAY TRADING:
1. Switch to "Trading Live" mode
2. Enable only A+ alerts
3. Set filters: Volume 1.5x, Momentum ON, Proximity 0.3%
4. Trade only A+ signals at key levels
FOR SWING TRADING:
1. Use "Full Overview" mode
2. Analyze Value Area and Fibonacci confluence
3. Set filters: Volume 1.2x, Momentum ON, Proximity 0.8%
4. Enter on A+ signals with multi-timeframe confirmation
FOR ANALYSIS:
1. Full Overview mode with all visuals enabled
2. Disable filters to see all raw signals
3. Study how institutions positioned at key zones
4. Plan trades around POC and Value Area
⚙️ RECOMMENDED SETTINGS
5-15 MIN CHARTS (Scalping):
- Lookback: 200-300 bars
- Volume: 1.5x, Momentum: 5 bars, Proximity: 0.3%
- Trading Live mode + A+ alerts only
1 HOUR CHARTS (Intraday):
- Lookback: 300 bars
- Volume: 1.3x, Momentum: 3 bars, Proximity: 0.5%
- Full Overview or Trading Live
4 HOUR CHARTS (Swing):
- Lookback: 300-500 bars
- Volume: 1.2x, Momentum: 3 bars, Proximity: 0.8%
- Full Overview mode
DAILY CHARTS (Position):
- Lookback: 300-500 bars
- Volume: 1.1x, Momentum: 2 bars, Proximity: 1.0%
- Full Overview mode
📈 KEY CONCEPTS
POC (Point of Control): Price level with highest volume - acts as magnet
Value Area: Zone containing 70% of volume - equilibrium range
HVN: High Volume Nodes - institutional accumulation zones
AVWAP: Anchored VWAP - institutional average entry price
Golden Pocket: 0.618-0.65 Fib zone - highest probability reversal area
🎯 TRADING STRATEGY TIPS
1. Wait for A+ signals - quality over quantity
2. Best setups occur at POC or Value Area boundaries
3. Use multiple timeframes for confirmation
4. Combine with your own risk management rules
5. Signals are high probability, not guaranteed - always use stops
SUPERTREND VALIDADO ADX EMAS VWAP # Modular Trading System - SuperTrend + ADX + Multi-Filter Confirmation
## Overview
Professional modular trading system designed for trend-following strategies on 4H timeframes. Features a clean, mobile-optimized interface with customizable filters and real-time status monitoring.
## Core Features
### Validated Components (Backtested)
- **SuperTrend (ATR 10, Multiplier 3.0)**: Primary trend direction filter with visual fill
- **ADX >23**: Trend strength confirmation (14-period)
- Proven performance: 52.11% win rate, 3.162 profit factor over 4 years
### Additional Filters (Optional)
- **DI Spread >9**: Directional movement confirmation
- **Volume > EMA20**: Volume confirmation above 20-period average
- **EMA System**: 7/21/50 with dynamic coloring
- **VWAP**: Daily volume-weighted average price
### Visual Elements
- **SuperTrend Line**: Green (bullish) / Red (bearish) with background fill
- **EMA 7**: Yellow when ADX >23, White when ADX ≤23
- **EMA 21**: Green (price above) / Red (price below)
- **EMA 50**: Blue reference line
- **VWAP**: Orange line
- **PDH/PDL**: Previous day high/low levels
- **EMA Cross Signals**: Small dots marking 7/21 crossovers
### Smart Money Concepts
- Automatic Previous Day High (PDH) / Previous Day Low (PDL) tracking
- Horizontal lines extending from current price
- Clear labeling for support/resistance levels
## Status Dashboard
Compact 2-column table (top-right) shows:
```
FILTERS | STATUS
1. ADX >23 | 47.6 OK / 18.2 NO
2. DI Spread >9 | Bullish / Bearish
3. SuperTrend | Bullish / Bearish
4. Volume >EMA20 | 1.25x OK / 0.14x NO
─────────────────────────────
SIGNAL | BUY / SELL / WAIT
```
Color-coded backgrounds:
- Green: Condition met
- Red: Condition not met
- Yellow: Waiting for confirmation
## Signal Logic
### Entry Conditions
**LONG**: All active filters must align
- SuperTrend bullish (green)
- ADX >23
- DI+ > DI- (if DI Spread enabled)
- Volume > EMA20 (if Volume enabled)
- Price > EMA21 and EMA7 > EMA21 (if EMAs enabled)
**SHORT**: All active filters must align
- SuperTrend bearish (red)
- ADX >23
- DI- > DI+ (if DI Spread enabled)
- Volume > EMA20 (if Volume enabled)
- Price < EMA21 and EMA7 < EMA21 (if EMAs enabled)
### Exit Conditions
- SuperTrend direction change
- Clear "EXIT" markers on chart
### Position Management
- One position per trend (no pyramiding)
- Prevents multiple entries in same direction
- "WAIT" status when conditions partially met
## Settings & Customization
### Filters (Enable/Disable)
**Core Filters:**
- ✓ SuperTrend (VALIDATED)
- ✓ ADX >23 (VALIDATED)
**Additional Filters:**
- ⚠️ DI Spread >9 (EXPERIMENTAL)
- ⚠️ Volume > EMA20 (EXPERIMENTAL)
- ⚠️ EMAs 7/21/50 (EXPERIMENTAL)
**Visual:**
- Show EMA 7/21 Crosses (dots)
### Parameters
**SuperTrend:**
- ATR Period: 10 (default)
- ATR Multiplier: 3.0 (default)
**ADX/DI:**
- ADX Length: 14 (default)
- ADX Threshold: 23 (default)
- DI Spread Threshold: 9 (default)
**Volume:**
- Volume EMA: 20 (default)
**EMAs:**
- Fast EMA: 7 (default)
- Medium EMA: 21 (default)
- Slow EMA: 50 (default)
## Alerts
Pre-configured alerts for:
- Long Signal (BUY - Entry confirmed)
- Short Signal (SELL - Entry confirmed)
- Exit Long (EXIT LONG - SuperTrend changed)
- Exit Short (EXIT SHORT - SuperTrend changed)
- EMA Cross Up (EMA 7 crossed above EMA 21)
- EMA Cross Down (EMA 7 crossed below EMA 21)
## Best Practices
### Recommended Setup (Validated System)
```
Enable ONLY:
- SuperTrend: ON
- ADX >23: ON
- All other filters: OFF
```
### Testing New Filters
1. Enable experimental filters
2. Backtest thoroughly before live trading
3. Compare performance metrics
4. Validate with demo account first
### Timeframe
- Optimized for: 4H charts
- Tested on: Bitcoin/USDT
- Works on: Any trending instrument
## Risk Management
This indicator provides entry/exit signals but does NOT include:
- Stop loss levels
- Take profit targets
- Position sizing
Always use proper risk management:
- Maximum 1-2% risk per trade
- Use stop losses
- Follow your trading plan
## Performance Notes
**Validated Backtest Results (SuperTrend + ADX only):**
- Win Rate: 52.11%
- Profit Factor: 3.162
- Return: +45.46% (4 years)
- Tested Period: 2020-2024
- Instrument: BTC/USDT 4H
**Important:** Adding additional filters changes the system. Results may vary. Always backtest your specific configuration before live trading.
## Mobile Optimization
- Compact table design
- Clear color coding
- Minimal chart clutter
- Large signal text
- Optimized for small screens
## Use Cases
✅ **Ideal for:**
- Trend-following strategies
- Swing trading (4H timeframe)
- Clear market conditions
- Systematic traders
❌ **NOT ideal for:**
- Scalping (too slow)
- Range-bound markets
- Counter-trend strategies
- Lateral/choppy conditions
## Credits & Methodology
Based on proven technical analysis principles:
- SuperTrend (volatility-based trend following)
- ADX (trend strength measurement)
- Directional Indicators (DI+/DI-)
- Volume analysis
- EMA systems
**Designed for:** Disciplined execution over frequent trading
**Philosophy:** Quality setups > Quantity of trades
## Disclaimer
This indicator is for educational purposes only. Past performance does not guarantee future results. Always:
- Test on demo account first
- Use proper risk management
- Never risk more than you can afford to lose
- Consult a financial advisor
Trading involves substantial risk. This tool does not constitute financial advice.
---
## Version History
**v2.0 (Current)**
- Modular filter system
- 2-column compact status table
- EMA 7 dynamic coloring (yellow when ADX >23)
- EMA 50 + VWAP added
- PDH/PDL levels
- EMA cross markers
- Improved signal logic
- One position per trend
- Multiple alert conditions
---
**For support, updates, or feedback, contact the developer.**
Luxy Super-Duper SuperTrend Predictor Engine and Buy/Sell signalA professional trend-following grading system that analyzes historical trend
patterns to provide statistical duration estimates using advanced similarity
matching and k-nearest neighbors analysis. Combines adaptive Supertrend with
intelligent duration statistics, multi-timeframe confluence, volume confirmation,
and quality scoring to identify high-probability setups with data-driven
target ranges across all timeframes.
Note: All duration estimates are statistical calculations based on historical data, not guarantees of future performance.
WHAT MAKES THIS DIFFERENT
Unlike traditional SuperTrend indicators that only tell you trend direction, this system answers the critical question: "What is the typical duration for trends like this?"
The Statistical Analysis Engine:
• Analyzes your chart's last 15+ completed SuperTrend trends (bullish and bearish separately)
• Uses k-nearest neighbors similarity matching to find historically similar setups
• Calculates statistical duration estimates based on current market conditions
• Learns from estimation errors and adapts over time (Advanced mode)
• Displays visual duration analysis box showing median, average, and range estimates
• Tracks Statistical accuracy with backtest statistics
Complete Trading System:
• Statistical trend duration analysis with three intelligence levels
• Adaptive Supertrend with dynamic ATR-based bands
• Multi-timeframe confluence analysis (6 timeframes: 5M to 1W)
• Volume confirmation with spike detection and momentum tracking
• Quality scoring system (0-70 points) rating each setup
• One-click preset optimization for all trading styles
• Anti-repaint guarantee on all signals and duration estimates
METHODOLOGY CREDITS
This indicator's approach is inspired by proven trading methodologies from respected market educators:
• Mark Minervini - Volatility Contraction Pattern (VCP) and pullback entry techniques
• William O'Neil - Volume confirmation principles and institutional buying patterns (CANSLIM methodology)
• Dan Zanger - Volatility expansion entries and momentum breakout strategies
Important: These are educational references only. This indicator does not guarantee any specific trading results. Always conduct your own analysis and risk management.
KEY FEATURES
1. TREND DURATION ANALYSIS SYSTEM - The Core Innovation
The statistical analysis engine is what sets this indicator apart from standard SuperTrend systems. It doesn't just identify trend changes - it provides statistical analysis of potential duration.
How It Works:
Step 1: Historical Tracking
• Automatically records every completed SuperTrend trend (duration in bars)
• Maintains separate databases for bullish trends and bearish trends
• Stores up to 15 most recent trends of each type
• Captures market conditions at each trend flip: volume ratio, ATR ratio, quality score, price distance from SuperTrend, proximity to support/resistance
Step 2: Similarity Matching (k-Nearest Neighbors)
• When new trend begins, system compares current conditions to ALL historical flips
• Calculates similarity score based on:
- Volume similarity (30% weight) - Is volume behaving similarly?
- Volatility similarity (30% weight) - Is ATR/volatility similar?
- Quality similarity (20% weight) - Is setup strength comparable?
- Distance similarity (10% weight) - Is price distance from ST similar?
- Support/Resistance proximity (10% weight) - Similar structural context?
• Selects the 15 MOST SIMILAR historical trends (not just all trends)
• This is like asking: "When conditions looked like this before, how long did trends last?"
Step 3: Statistical Analysis
• Calculates median duration (most common outcome)
• Calculates average duration (mean of similar trends)
• Determines realistic range (min to max of similar trends)
• Applies exponential weighting (recent trends weighted more heavily)
• Outputs confidence-weighted statistical estimate
Step 4: Advanced Intelligence (Advanced Mode Only)
The Advanced mode applies five sophisticated multipliers to refine estimates:
A) Market Structure Multiplier (±30%):
• Detects nearby support/resistance levels using pivot detection
• If flip occurs NEAR a key level: Estimate adjusted -30% (expect bounce/rejection)
• If flip occurs in open space: Estimate adjusted +30% (clear path for continuation)
• Uses configurable lookback period and ATR-based proximity threshold
B) Asset Type Multiplier (±40%):
• Adjusts duration estimates based on asset volatility characteristics
• Small Cap / Biotech: +40% (explosive, extended moves)
• Tech Growth: +20% (momentum-driven, longer trends)
• Blue Chip / Large Cap: 0% (baseline, steady trends)
• Dividend / Value: -20% (slower, grinding trends)
• Cyclical: Variable based on macro regime
• Crypto / High Volatility: +30% (parabolic potential)
C) Flip Strength Multiplier (±20%):
• Analyzes the QUALITY of the trend flip itself
• Strong flip (high volume + expanding ATR + quality score 60+): +20%
• Weak flip (low volume + contracting ATR + quality score under 40): -20%
• Logic: Historical data shows that powerful flips tend to be followed by longer trends
D) Error Learning Multiplier (±15%):
• Tracks Statistical accuracy over last 10 completed trends
• Calculates error ratio: (estimated duration / Actual Duration)
• If system consistently over-estimates: Apply -15% correction
• If system consistently under-estimates: Apply +15% correction
• Learns and adapts to current market regime
E) Regime Detection Multiplier (±20%):
• Analyzes last 3 trends of SAME TYPE (bull-to-bull or bear-to-bear)
• Compares recent trend durations to historical average
• If recent trends 20%+ longer than average: +20% adjustment (trending regime detected)
• If recent trends 20%+ shorter than average: -20% adjustment (choppy regime detected)
• Detects whether market is in trending or mean-reversion mode
Three analysis modes:
SIMPLE MODE - Basic Statistics
• Uses raw median of similar trends only
• No multipliers, no adjustments
• Best for: Beginners, clean trending markets
• Fastest calculations, minimal complexity
STANDARD MODE - Full Statistical Analysis
• Similarity matching with k-nearest neighbors
• Exponential weighting of recent trends
• Median, average, and range calculations
• Best for: Most traders, general market conditions
• Balance of accuracy and simplicity
ADVANCED MODE - Statistics + Intelligence
• Everything in Standard mode PLUS
• All 5 advanced multipliers (structure, asset type, flip strength, learning, regime)
• Highest Statistical accuracy in testing
• Best for: Experienced traders, volatile/complex markets
• Maximum intelligence, most adaptive
Visual Duration Analysis Box:
When a new trend begins (SuperTrend flip), a box appears on your chart showing:
• Analysis Mode (Simple / Standard / Advanced)
• Number of historical trends analyzed
• Median expected duration (most likely outcome)
• Average expected duration (mean of similar trends)
• Range (minimum to maximum from similar trends)
• Advanced multipliers breakdown (Advanced mode only)
• Backtest accuracy statistics (if available)
The box extends from the flip bar to the estimated endpoint based on historical data, giving you a visual target for trend duration. Box updates in real-time as trend progresses.
Backtest & Accuracy Tracking:
• System backtests its own duration estimates using historical data
• Shows accuracy metrics: how well duration estimates matched actual durations
• Tracks last 10 completed duration estimates separately
• Displays statistics in dashboard and duration analysis boxes
• Helps you understand statistical reliability on your specific symbol/timeframe
Anti-Repaint Guarantee:
• duration analysis boxes only appear AFTER bar close (barstate.isconfirmed)
• Historical duration estimates never disappear or change
• What you see in history is exactly what you would have seen real-time
• No future data leakage, no lookahead bias
2. INTELLIGENT PRESET CONFIGURATIONS - One-Click Optimization
Unlike indicators that require tedious parameter tweaking, this system includes professionally optimized presets for every trading style. Select your approach from the dropdown and ALL parameters auto-configure.
"AUTO (DETECT FROM TF)" - RECOMMENDED
The smartest option: automatically selects optimal settings based on your chart timeframe.
• 1m-5m charts → Scalping preset (ATR: 7, Mult: 2.0)
• 15m-1h charts → Day Trading preset (ATR: 10, Mult: 2.5)
• 2h-4h-D charts → Swing Trading preset (ATR: 14, Mult: 3.0)
• W-M charts → Position Trading preset (ATR: 21, Mult: 4.0)
Benefits:
• Zero configuration - works immediately
• Always matched to your timeframe
• Switch timeframe = automatic adjustment
• Perfect for traders who use multiple timeframes
"SCALPING (1-5M)" - Ultra-Fast Signals
Optimized for: 1-5 minute charts, high-frequency trading, quick profits
Target holding period: Minutes to 1-2 hours maximum
Best markets: High-volume stocks, major crypto pairs, active futures
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 7, Multiplier 2.0 (very sensitive)
• Volume: MA 10, High 1.8x, Spike 3.0x (catches quick surges)
• Volume Momentum: AUTO-DISABLED (too restrictive for fast scalping)
• Quality minimum: 40 points (accepts more setups)
• Duration Analysis: Uses last 15 trends with heavy recent weighting
Trading Logic:
Speed over precision. Short ATR period and low multiplier create highly responsive SuperTrend. Volume momentum filter disabled to avoid missing fast moves. Quality threshold relaxed to catch more opportunities in rapid market conditions.
Signals per session: 5-15 typically
Hold time: Minutes to couple hours
Best for: Active traders with fast execution
"DAY TRADING (15M-1H)" - Balanced Approach
Optimized for: 15-minute to 1-hour charts, intraday moves, session-based trading
Target holding period: 30 minutes to 8 hours (within trading day)
Best markets: Large-cap stocks, major indices, established crypto
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 10, Multiplier 2.5 (balanced)
• Volume: MA 20, High 1.5x, Spike 2.5x (standard detection)
• Volume Momentum: 5/20 periods (confirms intraday strength)
• Quality minimum: 50 points (good setups preferred)
• Duration Analysis: Balanced weighting of recent vs historical
Trading Logic:
The most balanced configuration. ATR 10 with multiplier 2.5 provides steady trend following that avoids noise while catching meaningful moves. Volume momentum confirms institutional participation without being overly restrictive.
Signals per session: 2-5 typically
Hold time: 30 minutes to full day
Best for: Part-time and full-time active traders
"SWING TRADING (4H-D)" - Trend Stability
Optimized for: 4-hour to Daily charts, multi-day holds, trend continuation
Target holding period: 2-15 days typically
Best markets: Growth stocks, sector ETFs, trending crypto, commodity futures
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 14, Multiplier 3.0 (stable)
• Volume: MA 30, High 1.3x, Spike 2.2x (accumulation focus)
• Volume Momentum: 10/30 periods (trend stability)
• Quality minimum: 60 points (high-quality setups only)
• Duration Analysis: Favors consistent historical patterns
Trading Logic:
Designed for substantial trend moves while filtering short-term noise. Higher ATR period and multiplier create stable SuperTrend that won't flip on minor corrections. Stricter quality requirements ensure only strongest setups generate signals.
Signals per week: 2-5 typically
Hold time: Days to couple weeks
Best for: Part-time traders, swing style
"POSITION TRADING (D-W)" - Long-Term Trends
Optimized for: Daily to Weekly charts, major trend changes, portfolio allocation
Target holding period: Weeks to months
Best markets: Blue-chip stocks, major indices, established cryptocurrencies
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 21, Multiplier 4.0 (very stable)
• Volume: MA 50, High 1.2x, Spike 2.0x (long-term accumulation)
• Volume Momentum: 20/50 periods (major trend confirmation)
• Quality minimum: 70 points (excellent setups only)
• Duration Analysis: Heavy emphasis on multi-year historical data
Trading Logic:
Conservative approach focusing on major trend changes. Extended ATR period and high multiplier create SuperTrend that only flips on significant reversals. Very strict quality filters ensure signals represent genuine long-term opportunities.
Signals per month: 1-2 typically
Hold time: Weeks to months
Best for: Long-term investors, set-and-forget approach
"CUSTOM" - Advanced Configuration
Purpose: Complete manual control for experienced traders
Use when: You understand the parameters and want specific optimization
Best for: Testing new approaches, unusual market conditions, specific instruments
Full control over:
• All SuperTrend parameters
• Volume thresholds and momentum periods
• Quality scoring weights
• analysis mode and multipliers
• Advanced features tuning
Preset Comparison Quick Reference:
Chart Timeframe: Scalping (1M-5M) | Day Trading (15M-1H) | Swing (4H-D) | Position (D-W)
Signals Frequency: Very High | High | Medium | Low
Hold Duration: Minutes | Hours | Days | Weeks-Months
Quality Threshold: 40 pts | 50 pts | 60 pts | 70 pts
ATR Sensitivity: Highest | Medium | Lower | Lowest
Time Investment: Highest | High | Medium | Lowest
Experience Level: Expert | Advanced | Intermediate | Beginner+
3. QUALITY SCORING SYSTEM (0-70 Points)
Every signal is rated in real-time across three dimensions:
Volume Confirmation (0-30 points):
• Volume Spike (2.5x+ average): 30 points
• High Volume (1.5x+ average): 20 points
• Above Average (1.0x+ average): 10 points
• Below Average: 0 points
Volatility Assessment (0-30 points):
• Expanding ATR (1.2x+ average): 30 points
• Rising ATR (1.0-1.2x average): 15 points
• Contracting/Stable ATR: 0 points
Volume Momentum (0-10 points):
• Strong Momentum (1.2x+ ratio): 10 points
• Rising Momentum (1.0-1.2x ratio): 5 points
• Weak/Neutral Momentum: 0 points
Score Interpretation:
60-70 points - EXCELLENT:
• All factors aligned
• High conviction setup
• Maximum position size (within risk limits)
• Primary trading opportunities
45-59 points - STRONG:
• Multiple confirmations present
• Above-average setup quality
• Standard position size
• Good trading opportunities
30-44 points - GOOD:
• Basic confirmations met
• Acceptable setup quality
• Reduced position size
• Wait for additional confirmation or trade smaller
Below 30 points - WEAK:
• Minimal confirmations
• Low probability setup
• Consider passing
• Only for aggressive traders in strong trends
Only signals meeting your minimum quality threshold (configurable per preset) generate alerts and labels.
4. MULTI-TIMEFRAME CONFLUENCE ANALYSIS
The system can simultaneously analyze trend alignment across 6 timeframes (optional feature):
Timeframes analyzed:
• 5-minute (scalping context)
• 15-minute (intraday momentum)
• 1-hour (day trading bias)
• 4-hour (swing context)
• Daily (primary trend)
• Weekly (macro trend)
Confluence Interpretation:
• 5-6/6 aligned - Very strong multi-timeframe agreement (highest confidence)
• 3-4/6 aligned - Moderate agreement (standard setup)
• 1-2/6 aligned - Weak agreement (caution advised)
Dashboard shows real-time alignment count with color-coding. Higher confluence typically correlates with longer, stronger trends.
5. VOLUME MOMENTUM FILTER - Institutional Money Flow
Unlike traditional volume indicators that just measure size, Volume Momentum tracks the RATE OF CHANGE in volume:
How it works:
• Compares short-term volume average (fast period) to long-term average (slow period)
• Ratio above 1.0 = Volume accelerating (money flowing IN)
• Ratio above 1.2 = Strong acceleration (institutional participation likely)
• Ratio below 0.8 = Volume decelerating (money flowing OUT)
Why it matters:
• Confirms trend with actual money flow, not just price
• Leading indicator (volume often leads price)
• Catches accumulation/distribution before breakouts
• More intuitive than complex mathematical filters
Integration with signals:
• Optional filter - can be enabled/disabled per preset
• When enabled: Only signals with rising volume momentum fire
• AUTO-DISABLED in Scalping mode (too restrictive for fast trading)
• Configurable fast/slow periods per trading style
6. ADAPTIVE SUPERTREND MULTIPLIER
Traditional SuperTrend uses fixed ATR multiplier. This system dynamically adjusts the multiplier (0.8x to 1.2x base) based on:
• Trend Strength: Price correlation over lookback period
• Volume Weight: Current volume relative to average
Benefits:
• Tighter bands in calm markets (less premature exits)
• Wider bands in volatile conditions (avoids whipsaws)
• Better adaptation to biotech, small-cap, and crypto volatility
• Optional - can be disabled for classic constant multiplier
7. VISUAL GRADIENT RIBBON
26-layer exponential gradient fill between price and SuperTrend line provides instant visual trend strength assessment:
Color System:
• Green shades - Bullish trend + volume confirmation (strongest)
• Blue shades - Bullish trend, normal volume
• Orange shades - Bearish trend + volume confirmation
• Red shades - Bearish trend (weakest)
Opacity varies based on:
• Distance from SuperTrend (farther = more opaque)
• Volume intensity (higher volume = stronger color)
The ribbon provides at-a-glance trend strength without cluttering your chart. Can be toggled on/off.
8. INTELLIGENT ALERT SYSTEM
Two-tier alert architecture for flexibility:
Automatic Alerts:
• Fire automatically on BUY and SELL signals
• Include full context: quality score, volume state, volume momentum
• One alert per bar close (alert.freq_once_per_bar_close)
• Message format: "BUY: Supertrend bullish + Quality: 65/70 | Volume: HIGH | Vol Momentum: STRONG (1.35x)"
Customizable Alert Conditions:
• Appear in TradingView's "Create Alert" dialog
• Three options: BUY Signal Only, SELL Signal Only, ANY Signal (BUY or SELL)
• Use TradingView placeholders: {{ticker}}, {{interval}}, {{close}}, {{time}}
• Fully customizable message templates
All alerts use barstate.isconfirmed - Zero repaint guarantee.
9. ANTI-REPAINT ARCHITECTURE
Every component guaranteed non-repainting:
• Entry signals: Only appear after bar close
• duration analysis boxes: Created only on confirmed SuperTrend flips
• Informative labels: Wait for bar confirmation
• Alerts: Fire once per closed bar
• Multi-timeframe data: Uses lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off
What you see in history is exactly what you would have seen in real-time. No disappearing signals, no changed duration estimates.
HOW TO USE THE INDICATOR
QUICK START - 3 Steps to Trading:
Step 1: Select Your Trading Style
Open indicator settings → "Quick Setup" section → Trading Style Preset dropdown
Options:
• Auto (Detect from TF) - RECOMMENDED: Automatically configures based on your chart timeframe
• Scalping (1-5m) - For 1-5 minute charts, ultra-fast signals
• Day Trading (15m-1h) - For 15m-1h charts, balanced approach
• Swing Trading (4h-D) - For 4h-Daily charts, trend stability
• Position Trading (D-W) - For Daily-Weekly charts, long-term trends
• Custom - Manual configuration (advanced users only)
Choose "Auto" and you're done - all parameters optimize automatically.
Step 2: Understand the Signals
BUY Signal (Green Triangle Below Price):
• SuperTrend flipped bullish
• Quality score meets minimum threshold (varies by preset)
• Volume confirmation present (if filter enabled)
• Volume momentum rising (if filter enabled)
• duration analysis box shows expected trend duration
SELL Signal (Red Triangle Above Price):
• SuperTrend flipped bearish
• Quality score meets minimum threshold
• Volume confirmation present (if filter enabled)
• Volume momentum rising (if filter enabled)
• duration analysis box shows expected trend duration
Duration Analysis Box:
• Appears at SuperTrend flip (start of new trend)
• Shows median, average, and range duration estimates
• Extends to estimated endpoint based on historical data visually
• Updates mode-specific intelligence (Simple/Standard/Advanced)
Step 3: Use the Dashboard for Context
Dashboard (top-right corner) shows real-time metrics:
• Row 1 - Quality Score: Current setup rating (0-70)
• Row 2 - SuperTrend: Direction and current level
• Row 3 - Volume: Status (Spike/High/Normal/Low) with color
• Row 4 - Volatility: State (Expanding/Rising/Stable/Contracting)
• Row 5 - Volume Momentum: Ratio and trend
• Row 6 - Duration Statistics: Accuracy metrics and track record
Every cell has detailed tooltip - hover for full explanations.
SIGNAL INTERPRETATION BY QUALITY SCORE:
Excellent Setup (60-70 points):
• Quality Score: 60-70
• Volume: Spike or High
• Volatility: Expanding
• Volume Momentum: Strong (1.2x+)
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 5-6/6
• Action: Primary trade - maximum position size (within risk limits)
• Statistical reliability: Highest - duration estimates most accurate
Strong Setup (45-59 points):
• Quality Score: 45-59
• Volume: High or Above Average
• Volatility: Rising
• Volume Momentum: Rising (1.0-1.2x)
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 3-4/6
• Action: Standard trade - normal position size
• Statistical reliability: Good - duration estimates reliable
Good Setup (30-44 points):
• Quality Score: 30-44
• Volume: Above Average
• Volatility: Stable or Rising
• Volume Momentum: Neutral to Rising
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 3-4/6
• Action: Cautious trade - reduced position size, wait for additional confirmation
• Statistical reliability: Moderate - duration estimates less certain
Weak Setup (Below 30 points):
• Quality Score: Below 30
• Volume: Low or Normal
• Volatility: Contracting or Stable
• Volume Momentum: Weak
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 1-2/6
• Action: Pass or wait for improvement
• Statistical reliability: Low - duration estimates unreliable
USING duration analysis boxES FOR TRADE MANAGEMENT:
Entry Timing:
• Enter on SuperTrend flip (signal bar close)
• duration analysis box appears simultaneously
• Note the median duration - this is your expected hold time
Profit Targets:
• Conservative: Use MEDIAN duration as profit target (50% probability)
• Moderate: Use AVERAGE duration (mean of similar trends)
• Aggressive: Aim for MAX duration from range (best historical outcome)
Position Management:
• Scale out at median duration (take partial profits)
• Trail stop as trend extends beyond median
• Full exit at average duration or SuperTrend flip (whichever comes first)
• Re-evaluate if trend exceeds estimated range
analysis mode Selection:
• Simple: Clean trending markets, beginners, minimal complexity
• Standard: Most markets, most traders (recommended default)
• Advanced: Volatile markets, complex instruments, experienced traders seeking highest accuracy
Asset Type Configuration (Advanced Mode):
If using Advanced analysis mode, configure Asset Type for optimal accuracy:
• Small Cap: Stocks under $2B market cap, low liquidity
• Biotech / Speculative: Clinical-stage pharma, penny stocks, high-risk
• Blue Chip / Large Cap: S&P 500, mega-cap tech, stable large companies
• Tech Growth: High-growth tech (TSLA, NVDA, growth SaaS)
• Dividend / Value: Dividend aristocrats, value stocks, utilities
• Cyclical: Energy, materials, industrials (macro-driven)
• Crypto / High Volatility: Bitcoin, altcoins, highly volatile assets
Correct asset type selection improves Statistical accuracy by 15-20%.
RISK MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES:
1. Stop Loss Placement:
Long positions:
• Place stop below recent swing low OR
• Place stop below SuperTrend level (whichever is tighter)
• Use 1-2 ATR distance as guideline
• Recommended: SuperTrend level (built-in volatility adjustment)
Short positions:
• Place stop above recent swing high OR
• Place stop above SuperTrend level (whichever is tighter)
• Use 1-2 ATR distance as guideline
• Recommended: SuperTrend level
2. Position Sizing by Quality Score:
• Excellent (60-70): Maximum position size (2% risk per trade)
• Strong (45-59): Standard position size (1.5% risk per trade)
• Good (30-44): Reduced position size (1% risk per trade)
• Weak (Below 30): Pass or micro position (0.5% risk - learning trades only)
3. Exit Strategy Options:
Option A - Statistical Duration-Based Exit:
• Exit at median estimated duration (conservative)
• Exit at average estimated duration (moderate)
• Trail stop beyond average duration (aggressive)
Option B - Signal-Based Exit:
• Exit on opposite signal (SELL after BUY, or vice versa)
• Exit on SuperTrend flip (trend reversal)
• Exit if quality score drops below 30 mid-trend
Option C - Hybrid (Recommended):
• Take 50% profit at median estimated duration
• Trail stop on remaining 50% using SuperTrend as trailing level
• Full exit on SuperTrend flip or quality collapse
4. Trade Filtering:
For higher win-rate (fewer trades, better quality):
• Increase minimum quality score (try 60 for swing, 50 for day trading)
• Enable volume momentum filter (ensure institutional participation)
• Require higher MTF confluence (5-6/6 alignment)
• Use Advanced analysis mode with appropriate asset type
For more opportunities (more trades, lower quality threshold):
• Decrease minimum quality score (40 for day trading, 35 for scalping)
• Disable volume momentum filter
• Lower MTF confluence requirement
• Use Simple or Standard analysis mode
SETTINGS OVERVIEW
Quick Setup Section:
• Trading Style Preset: Auto / Scalping / Day Trading / Swing / Position / Custom
Dashboard & Display:
• Show Dashboard (ON/OFF)
• Dashboard Position (9 options: Top/Middle/Bottom + Left/Center/Right)
• Text Size (Auto/Tiny/Small/Normal/Large/Huge)
• Show Ribbon Fill (ON/OFF)
• Show SuperTrend Line (ON/OFF)
• Bullish Color (default: Green)
• Bearish Color (default: Red)
• Show Entry Labels - BUY/SELL signals (ON/OFF)
• Show Info Labels - Volume events (ON/OFF)
• Label Size (Auto/Tiny/Small/Normal/Large/Huge)
Supertrend Configuration:
• ATR Length (default varies by preset: 7-21)
• ATR Multiplier Base (default varies by preset: 2.0-4.0)
• Use Adaptive Multiplier (ON/OFF) - Dynamic 0.8x-1.2x adjustment
• Smoothing Factor (0.0-0.5) - EMA smoothing applied to bands
• Neutral Bars After Flip (0-10) - Hide ST immediately after flip
Volume Momentum:
• Enable Volume Momentum Filter (ON/OFF)
• Fast Period (default varies by preset: 3-20)
• Slow Period (default varies by preset: 10-50)
Volume Analysis:
• Volume MA Length (default varies by preset: 10-50)
• High Volume Threshold (default: 1.5x)
• Spike Threshold (default: 2.5x)
• Low Volume Threshold (default: 0.7x)
Quality Filters:
• Minimum Quality Score (0-70, varies by preset)
• Require Volume Confirmation (ON/OFF)
Trend Duration Analysis:
• Show Duration Analysis (ON/OFF) - Display duration analysis boxes
• analysis mode - Simple / Standard / Advanced
• Asset Type - 7 options (Small Cap, Biotech, Blue Chip, Tech Growth, Dividend, Cyclical, Crypto)
• Use Exponential Weighting (ON/OFF) - Recent trends weighted more
• Decay Factor (0.5-0.99) - How much more recent trends matter
• Structure Lookback (3-30) - Pivot detection period for support/resistance
• Proximity Threshold (xATR) - How close to level qualifies as "near"
• Enable Error Learning (ON/OFF) - System learns from estimation errors
• Memory Depth (3-20) - How many past errors to remember
Box Visual Settings:
• duration analysis box Border Color
• duration analysis box Background Color
• duration analysis box Text Color
• duration analysis box Border Width
• duration analysis box Transparency
Multi-Timeframe (Optional Feature):
• Enable MTF Confluence (ON/OFF)
• Minimum Alignment Required (0-6)
• Individual timeframe enable/disable toggles
• Custom timeframe selection options
All preset configurations override manual inputs except when "Custom" is selected.
ADVANCED FEATURES
1. Scalpel Mode (Optional)
Advanced pullback entry system that waits for healthy retracements within established trends before signaling entry:
• Monitors price distance from SuperTrend levels
• Requires pullback to configurable range (default: 30-50%)
• Ensures trend remains intact before entry signal
• Reduces whipsaw and false breakouts
• Inspired by Mark Minervini's VCP pullback entries
Best for: Swing traders and day traders seeking precision entries
Scalpers: Consider disabling for faster entries
2. Error Learning System (Advanced analysis mode Only)
The system learns from its own estimation errors:
• Tracks last 10-20 completed duration estimates (configurable memory depth)
• Calculates error ratio for each: estimated duration / Actual Duration
• If system consistently over-estimates: Applies negative correction (-15%)
• If system consistently under-estimates: Applies positive correction (+15%)
• Adapts to current market regime automatically
This self-correction mechanism improves accuracy over time as the system gathers more data on your specific symbol and timeframe.
3. Regime Detection (Advanced analysis mode Only)
Automatically detects whether market is in trending or choppy regime:
• Compares last 3 trends to historical average
• Recent trends 20%+ longer → Trending regime (+20% to estimates)
• Recent trends 20%+ shorter → Choppy regime (-20% to estimates)
• Applied separately to bullish and bearish trends
Helps duration estimates adapt to changing market conditions without manual intervention.
4. Exponential Weighting
Option to weight recent trends more heavily than distant history:
• Default decay factor: 0.9
• Recent trends get higher weight in statistical calculations
• Older trends gradually decay in importance
• Rationale: Recent market behavior more relevant than old data
• Can be disabled for equal weighting
5. Backtest Statistics
System backtests its own duration estimates using historical data:
• Walks through past trends chronologically
• Calculates what duration estimate WOULD have been at each flip
• Compares to actual duration that occurred
• Displays accuracy metrics in duration analysis boxes and dashboard
• Helps assess statistical reliability on your specific chart
Note: Backtest uses only data available AT THE TIME of each historical flip (no lookahead bias).
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Pine Script Version: v6
• Indicator Type: Overlay (draws on price chart)
• Max Boxes: 500 (for duration analysis box storage)
• Max Bars Back: 5000 (for comprehensive historical analysis)
• Security Calls: 1 (for MTF if enabled - optimized)
• Repainting: NO - All signals and duration estimates confirmed on bar close
• Lookahead Bias: NO - All HTF data properly offset, all duration estimates use only historical data
• Real-time Updates: YES - Dashboard and quality scores update live
• Alert Capable: YES - Both automatic alerts and customizable alert conditions
• Multi-Symbol: Works on stocks, crypto, forex, futures, indices
Performance Optimization:
• Conditional calculations (duration analysis can be disabled to reduce load)
• Efficient array management (circular buffers for trend storage)
• Streamlined gradient rendering (26 layers, can be toggled off)
• Smart label cooldown system (prevents label spam)
• Optimized similarity matching (analyzes only relevant trends)
Data Requirements:
• Minimum 50-100 bars for initial duration analysis (builds historical database)
• Optimal: 500+ bars for robust statistical analysis
• Longer history = more accurate duration estimates
• Works on any timeframe from 1 minute to monthly
KNOWN LIMITATIONS
• Trending Markets Only: Performs best in clear trends. May generate false signals in choppy/sideways markets (use quality score filtering and regime detection to mitigate)
• Lagging Nature: Like all trend-following systems, signals occur AFTER trend establishment, not at exact tops/bottoms. Use duration analysis boxes to set realistic profit targets.
• Initial Learning Period: Duration analysis system requires 10-15 completed trends to build reliable historical database. Early duration estimates less accurate (first few weeks on new symbol/timeframe).
• Visual Load: 26-layer gradient ribbon may slow performance on older devices. Disable ribbon if experiencing lag.
• Statistical accuracy Variables: Duration estimates are statistical estimates, not guarantees. Accuracy varies by:
- Market regime (trending vs choppy)
- Asset volatility characteristics
- Quality of historical pattern matches
- Timeframe traded (higher TF = more reliable)
• Not Best Suitable For:
- Ultra-short-term scalping (sub-1-minute charts)
- Mean-reversion strategies (designed for trend-following)
- Range-bound trading (requires trending conditions)
- News-driven spikes (estimates based on technical patterns, not fundamentals)
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Q: Does this indicator repaint?
A: Absolutely not. All signals, duration analysis boxes, labels, and alerts use barstate.isconfirmed checks. They only appear after the bar closes. What you see in history is exactly what you would have seen in real-time. Zero repaint guarantee.
Q: How accurate are the trend duration estimates?
A: Accuracy varies by mode, market conditions, and historical data quality:
• Simple mode: 60-70% accuracy (within ±20% of actual duration)
• Standard mode: 70-80% accuracy (within ±20% of actual duration)
• Advanced mode: 75-85% accuracy (within ±20% of actual duration)
Best accuracy achieved on:
• Higher timeframes (4H, Daily, Weekly)
• Trending markets (not choppy/sideways)
• Assets with consistent behavior (Blue Chip, Large Cap)
• After 20+ historical trends analyzed (builds robust database)
Remember: All duration estimates are statistical calculations based on historical patterns, not guarantees.
Q: Which analysis mode should I use?
A:
• Simple: Beginners, clean trending markets, want minimal complexity
• Standard: Most traders, general market conditions (RECOMMENDED DEFAULT)
• Advanced: Experienced traders, volatile/complex markets (biotech, small-cap, crypto), seeking maximum accuracy
Advanced mode requires correct Asset Type configuration for optimal results.
Q: What's the difference between the trading style presets?
A: Each preset optimizes ALL parameters for a specific trading approach:
• Scalping: Ultra-sensitive (ATR 7, Mult 2.0), more signals, shorter holds
• Day Trading: Balanced (ATR 10, Mult 2.5), moderate signals, intraday holds
• Swing Trading: Stable (ATR 14, Mult 3.0), fewer signals, multi-day holds
• Position Trading: Very stable (ATR 21, Mult 4.0), rare signals, week/month holds
Auto mode automatically selects based on your chart timeframe.
Q: Should I use Auto mode or manually select a preset?
A: Auto mode is recommended for most traders. It automatically matches settings to your timeframe and re-optimizes if you switch charts. Only use manual preset selection if:
• You want scalping settings on a 15m chart (overriding auto-detection)
• You want swing settings on a 1h chart (more conservative than auto would give)
• You're testing different approaches on same timeframe
Q: Can I use this for scalping and day trading?
A: Absolutely! The preset system is specifically designed for all trading styles:
• Select "Scalping (1-5m)" for 1-5 minute charts
• Select "Day Trading (15m-1h)" for 15m-1h charts
• Or use "Auto" mode and it configures automatically
Volume momentum filter is auto-disabled in Scalping mode for faster signals.
Q: What is Volume Momentum and why does it matter?
A: Volume Momentum compares short-term volume (fast MA) to long-term volume (slow MA). It answers: "Is money flowing into this asset faster now than historically?"
Why it matters:
• Volume often leads price (early warning system)
• Confirms institutional participation (smart money)
• No lag like price-based indicators
• More intuitive than complex mathematical filters
When the ratio is above 1.2, you have strong evidence that institutions are accumulating (bullish) or distributing (bearish).
Q: How do I set up alerts?
A: Two options:
Option 1 - Automatic Alerts:
1. Right-click on chart → Add Alert
2. Condition: Select this indicator
3. Choose "Any alert() function call"
4. Configure notification method (app, email, webhook)
5. You'll receive detailed alerts on every BUY and SELL signal
Option 2 - Customizable Alert Conditions:
1. Right-click on chart → Add Alert
2. Condition: Select this indicator
3. You'll see three options in dropdown:
- "BUY Signal" (long signals only)
- "SELL Signal" (short signals only)
- "ANY Signal" (both BUY and SELL)
4. Choose desired option and customize message template
5. Uses TradingView placeholders: {{ticker}}, {{close}}, {{time}}, etc.
All alerts fire only on confirmed bar close (no repaint).
Q: What is Scalpel Mode and should I use it?
A: Scalpel Mode waits for healthy pullbacks within established trends before signaling entry. It reduces whipsaws and improves entry timing.
Recommended ON for:
• Swing traders (want precision entries on pullbacks)
• Day traders (willing to wait for better prices)
• Risk-averse traders (prefer fewer but higher-quality entries)
Recommended OFF for:
• Scalpers (need immediate entries, can't wait for pullbacks)
• Momentum traders (want to enter on breakout, not pullback)
• Aggressive traders (prefer more opportunities over precision)
Q: Why do some duration estimates show wider ranges than others?
A: Range width reflects historical trend variability:
• Narrow range: Similar historical trends had consistent durations (high confidence)
• Wide range: Similar historical trends had varying durations (lower confidence)
Wide ranges often occur:
• Early in analysis (fewer historical trends to learn from)
• In volatile/choppy markets (inconsistent trend behavior)
• On lower timeframes (more noise, less consistency)
The median and average still provide useful targets even when range is wide.
Q: Can I customize the dashboard position and appearance?
A: Yes! Dashboard settings include:
• Position: 9 options (Top/Middle/Bottom + Left/Center/Right)
• Text Size: Auto, Tiny, Small, Normal, Large, Huge
• Show/Hide: Toggle entire dashboard on/off
Choose position that doesn't overlap important price action on your specific chart.
Q: Which timeframe should I trade on?
A: Depends on your trading style and time availability:
• 1-5 minute: Active scalping, requires constant monitoring
• 15m-1h: Day trading, check few times per session
• 4h-Daily: Swing trading, check once or twice daily
• Daily-Weekly: Position trading, check weekly
General principle: Higher timeframes produce:
• Fewer signals (less frequent)
• Higher quality setups (stronger confirmations)
• More reliable duration estimates (better statistical data)
• Less noise (clearer trends)
Start with Daily chart if new to trading. Move to lower timeframes as you gain experience.
Q: Does this work on all markets (stocks, crypto, forex)?
A: Yes, it works on all markets with trending characteristics:
Excellent for:
• Stocks (especially growth and momentum names)
• Crypto (BTC, ETH, major altcoins)
• Futures (indices, commodities)
• Forex majors (EUR/USD, GBP/USD, etc.)
Best results on:
• Trending markets (not range-bound)
• Liquid instruments (tight spreads, good fills)
• Volatile assets (clear trend development)
Less effective on:
• Range-bound/sideways markets
• Ultra-low volatility instruments
• Illiquid small-caps (use caution)
Configure Asset Type (in Advanced analysis mode) to match your instrument for best accuracy.
Q: How many signals should I expect per day/week?
A: Highly variable based on:
By Timeframe:
• 1-5 minute: 5-15 signals per session
• 15m-1h: 2-5 signals per day
• 4h-Daily: 2-5 signals per week
• Daily-Weekly: 1-2 signals per month
By Market Volatility:
• High volatility = more SuperTrend flips = more signals
• Low volatility = fewer flips = fewer signals
By Quality Filter:
• Higher threshold (60-70) = fewer but better signals
• Lower threshold (30-40) = more signals, lower quality
By Volume Momentum Filter:
• Enabled = Fewer signals (only volume-confirmed)
• Disabled = More signals (all SuperTrend flips)
Adjust quality threshold and filters to match your desired signal frequency.
Q: What's the difference between entry labels and info labels?
A:
Entry Labels (BUY/SELL):
• Your primary trading signals
• Based on SuperTrend flip + all confirmations (quality, volume, momentum)
• Include quality score and confirmation icons
• These are actionable entry points
Info Labels (Volume Spike):
• Additional market context
• Show volume events that may support or contradict trend
• 8-bar cooldown to prevent spam
• NOT necessarily entry points - contextual information only
Control separately: Can show entry labels without info labels (recommended for clean charts).
Q: Can I combine this with other indicators?
A: Absolutely! This works well with:
• RSI: For divergences and overbought/oversold conditions
• Support/Resistance: Confluence with key levels
• Fibonacci Retracements: Pullback targets in Scalpel Mode
• Price Action Patterns: Flags, pennants, cup-and-handle
• MACD: Additional momentum confirmation
• Bollinger Bands: Volatility context
This indicator provides trend direction and duration estimates - complement with other tools for entry refinement and additional confluence.
Q: Why did I get a low-quality signal? Can I filter them out?
A: Yes! Increase the Minimum Quality Score in settings.
If you're seeing signals with quality below your preference:
• Day Trading: Set minimum to 50
• Swing Trading: Set minimum to 60
• Position Trading: Set minimum to 70
Only signals meeting the threshold will appear. This reduces frequency but improves win-rate.
Q: How do I interpret the MTF Confluence count?
A: Shows how many of 6 timeframes agree with current trend:
• 6/6 aligned: Perfect agreement (extremely rare, highest confidence)
• 5/6 aligned: Very strong alignment (high confidence)
• 4/6 aligned: Good alignment (standard quality setup)
• 3/6 aligned: Moderate alignment (acceptable)
• 2/6 aligned: Weak alignment (caution)
• 1/6 aligned: Very weak (likely counter-trend)
Higher confluence typically correlates with longer, stronger trends. However, MTF analysis is optional - you can disable it and rely solely on quality scoring.
Q: Is this suitable for beginners?
A: Yes, but requires foundational knowledge:
You should understand:
• Basic trend-following concepts (higher highs, higher lows)
• Risk management principles (position sizing, stop losses)
• How to read candlestick charts
• What volume and volatility mean
Beginner-friendly features:
• Auto preset mode (zero configuration)
• Quality scoring (tells you signal strength)
• Dashboard tooltips (hover for explanations)
• duration analysis boxes (visual profit targets)
Recommended for beginners:
1. Start with "Auto" or "Swing Trading" preset on Daily chart
2. Use Standard Analysis Mode (not Advanced)
3. Set minimum quality to 60 (fewer but better signals)
4. Paper trade first for 2-4 weeks
5. Study methodology references (Minervini, O'Neil, Zanger)
Q: What is the Asset Type setting and why does it matter?
A: Asset Type (in Advanced analysis mode) adjusts duration estimates based on volatility characteristics:
• Small Cap: Explosive moves, extended trends (+30-40%)
• Biotech / Speculative: Parabolic potential, news-driven (+40%)
• Blue Chip / Large Cap: Baseline, steady trends (0% adjustment)
• Tech Growth: Momentum-driven, longer trends (+20%)
• Dividend / Value: Slower, grinding trends (-20%)
• Cyclical: Macro-driven, variable (±10%)
• Crypto / High Volatility: Parabolic potential (+30%)
Correct configuration improves Statistical accuracy by 15-20%. Using Blue Chip settings on a biotech stock may underestimate trend length (you'll exit too early).
Q: Can I backtest this indicator?
A: Yes! TradingView's Strategy Tester works with this indicator's signals.
To backtest:
1. Note the entry conditions (SuperTrend flip + quality threshold + filters)
2. Create a strategy script using same logic
3. Run Strategy Tester on historical data
Additionally, the indicator includes BUILT-IN duration estimate validation:
• System backtests its own duration estimates
• Shows accuracy metrics in dashboard and duration analysis boxes
• Helps assess reliability on your specific symbol/timeframe
Q: Why does Volume Momentum auto-disable in Scalping mode?
A: Scalping requires ultra-fast entries to catch quick moves. Volume Momentum filter adds friction by requiring volume confirmation before signaling, which can cause missed opportunities in rapid scalping.
Scalping preset is optimized for speed and frequency - the filter is counterproductive for that style. It remains enabled for Day Trading, Swing Trading, and Position Trading presets where patience improves results.
You can manually enable it in Custom mode if desired.
Q: How much historical data do I need for accurate duration estimates?
A:
Minimum: 50-100 bars (indicator will function but duration estimates less reliable)
Recommended: 500+ bars (robust statistical database)
Optimal: 1000+ bars (maximum Statistical accuracy)
More history = more completed trends = better pattern matching = more accurate duration estimates.
New symbols or newly-switched timeframes will have lower Statistical accuracy initially. Allow 2-4 weeks for the system to build historical database.
IMPORTANT DISCLAIMERS
No Guarantee of Profit:
This indicator is an educational tool and does not guarantee any specific trading results. All trading involves substantial risk of loss. Duration estimates are statistical calculations based on historical patterns and are not guarantees of future performance.
Past Performance:
Historical backtest results and Statistical accuracy statistics do not guarantee future performance. Market conditions change constantly. What worked historically may not work in current or future markets.
Not Financial Advice:
This indicator provides technical analysis signals and statistical duration estimates only. It is not financial, investment, or trading advice. Always consult with a qualified financial advisor before making investment decisions.
Risk Warning:
Trading stocks, options, futures, forex, and cryptocurrencies involves significant risk. You can lose all of your invested capital. Never trade with money you cannot afford to lose. Only risk capital you can lose without affecting your lifestyle.
Testing Required:
Always test this indicator on a demo account or with paper trading before risking real capital. Understand how it works in different market conditions. Verify Statistical accuracy on your specific instruments and timeframes before trusting it with real money.
User Responsibility:
You are solely responsible for your trading decisions. The developer assumes no liability for trading losses, incorrect duration estimates, software errors, or any other damages incurred while using this indicator.
Statistical Estimation Limitations:
Trend Duration estimates are statistical estimates based on historical pattern matching. They are NOT guarantees. Actual trend durations may differ significantly from duration estimates due to unforeseen news events, market regime changes, or lack of historical precedent for current conditions.
CREDITS & ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Methodology Inspiration:
• Mark Minervini - Volatility Contraction Pattern (VCP) concepts and pullback entry techniques
• William O'Neil - Volume analysis principles and CANSLIM institutional buying patterns
• Dan Zanger - Momentum breakout strategies and volatility expansion entries
Technical Components:
• SuperTrend calculation - Classic ATR-based trend indicator (public domain)
• Statistical analysis - Standard median, average, range calculations
• k-Nearest Neighbors - Classic machine learning similarity matching concept
• Multi-timeframe analysis - Standard request.security implementation in Pine Script
For questions, feedback, or support, please comment below or send a private message.
Happy Trading!
Grothendieck-Teichmüller Geometric SynthesisDskyz's Grothendieck-Teichmüller Geometric Synthesis (GTGS)
THEORETICAL FOUNDATION: A SYMPHONY OF GEOMETRIES
The 🎓 GTGS is built upon a revolutionary premise: that market dynamics can be modeled as geometric and topological structures. While not a literal academic implementation—such a task would demand computational power far beyond current trading platforms—it leverages core ideas from advanced mathematical theories as powerful analogies and frameworks for its algorithms. Each component translates an abstract concept into a practical market calculation, distinguishing GTGS by identifying deeper structural patterns rather than relying on standard statistical measures.
1. Grothendieck-Teichmüller Theory: Deforming Market Structure
The Theory : Studies symmetries and deformations of geometric objects, focusing on the "absolute" structure of mathematical spaces.
Indicator Analogy : The calculate_grothendieck_field function models price action as a "deformation" from its immediate state. Using the nth root of price ratios (math.pow(price_ratio, 1.0/prime)), it measures market "shape" stretching or compression, revealing underlying tensions and potential shifts.
2. Topos Theory & Sheaf Cohomology: From Local to Global Patterns
The Theory : A framework for assembling local properties into a global picture, with cohomology measuring "obstructions" to consistency.
Indicator Analogy : The calculate_topos_coherence function uses sine waves (math.sin) to represent local price "sections." Summing these yields a "cohomology" value, quantifying price action consistency. High values indicate coherent trends; low values signal conflict and uncertainty.
3. Tropical Geometry: Simplifying Complexity
The Theory : Transforms complex multiplicative problems into simpler, additive, piecewise-linear ones using min(a, b) for addition and a + b for multiplication.
Indicator Analogy : The calculate_tropical_metric function applies tropical_add(a, b) => math.min(a, b) to identify the "lowest energy" state among recent price points, pinpointing critical support levels non-linearly.
4. Motivic Cohomology & Non-Commutative Geometry
The Theory : Studies deep arithmetic and quantum-like properties of geometric spaces.
Indicator Analogy : The motivic_rank and spectral_triple functions compute weighted sums of historical prices to capture market "arithmetic complexity" and "spectral signature." Higher values reflect structured, harmonic price movements.
5. Perfectoid Spaces & Homotopy Type Theory
The Theory : Abstract fields dealing with p-adic numbers and logical foundations of mathematics.
Indicator Analogy : The perfectoid_conv and type_coherence functions analyze price convergence and path identity, assessing the "fractal dust" of price differences and price path cohesion, adding fractal and logical analysis.
The Combination is Key : No single theory dominates. GTGS ’s Unified Field synthesizes all seven perspectives into a comprehensive score, ensuring signals reflect deep structural alignment across mathematical domains.
🎛️ INPUTS: CONFIGURING THE GEOMETRIC ENGINE
The GTGS offers a suite of customizable inputs, allowing traders to tailor its behavior to specific timeframes, market sectors, and trading styles. Below is a detailed breakdown of key input groups, their functionality, and optimization strategies, leveraging provided tooltips for precision.
Grothendieck-Teichmüller Theory Inputs
🧬 Deformation Depth (Absolute Galois) :
What It Is : Controls the depth of Galois group deformations analyzed in market structure.
How It Works : Measures price action deformations under automorphisms of the absolute Galois group, capturing market symmetries.
Optimization :
Higher Values (15-20) : Captures deeper symmetries, ideal for major trends in swing trading (4H-1D).
Lower Values (3-8) : Responsive to local deformations, suited for scalping (1-5min).
Timeframes :
Scalping (1-5min) : 3-6 for quick local shifts.
Day Trading (15min-1H) : 8-12 for balanced analysis.
Swing Trading (4H-1D) : 12-20 for deep structural trends.
Sectors :
Stocks : Use 8-12 for stable trends.
Crypto : 3-8 for volatile, short-term moves.
Forex : 12-15 for smooth, cyclical patterns.
Pro Tip : Increase in trending markets to filter noise; decrease in choppy markets for sensitivity.
🗼 Teichmüller Tower Height :
What It Is : Determines the height of the Teichmüller modular tower for hierarchical pattern detection.
How It Works : Builds modular levels to identify nested market patterns.
Optimization :
Higher Values (6-8) : Detects complex fractals, ideal for swing trading.
Lower Values (2-4) : Focuses on primary patterns, faster for scalping.
Timeframes :
Scalping : 2-3 for speed.
Day Trading : 4-5 for balanced patterns.
Swing Trading : 5-8 for deep fractals.
Sectors :
Indices : 5-8 for robust, long-term patterns.
Crypto : 2-4 for rapid shifts.
Commodities : 4-6 for cyclical trends.
Pro Tip : Higher towers reveal hidden fractals but may slow computation; adjust based on hardware.
🔢 Galois Prime Base :
What It Is : Sets the prime base for Galois field computations.
How It Works : Defines the field extension characteristic for market analysis.
Optimization :
Prime Characteristics :
2 : Binary markets (up/down).
3 : Ternary states (bull/bear/neutral).
5 : Pentagonal symmetry (Elliott waves).
7 : Heptagonal cycles (weekly patterns).
11,13,17,19 : Higher-order patterns.
Timeframes :
Scalping/Day Trading : 2 or 3 for simplicity.
Swing Trading : 5 or 7 for wave or cycle detection.
Sectors :
Forex : 5 for Elliott wave alignment.
Stocks : 7 for weekly cycle consistency.
Crypto : 3 for volatile state shifts.
Pro Tip : Use 7 for most markets; 5 for Elliott wave traders.
Topos Theory & Sheaf Cohomology Inputs
🏛️ Temporal Site Size :
What It Is : Defines the number of time points in the topological site.
How It Works : Sets the local neighborhood for sheaf computations, affecting cohomology smoothness.
Optimization :
Higher Values (30-50) : Smoother cohomology, better for trends in swing trading.
Lower Values (5-15) : Responsive, ideal for reversals in scalping.
Timeframes :
Scalping : 5-10 for quick responses.
Day Trading : 15-25 for balanced analysis.
Swing Trading : 25-50 for smooth trends.
Sectors :
Stocks : 25-35 for stable trends.
Crypto : 5-15 for volatility.
Forex : 20-30 for smooth cycles.
Pro Tip : Match site size to your average holding period in bars for optimal coherence.
📐 Sheaf Cohomology Degree :
What It Is : Sets the maximum degree of cohomology groups computed.
How It Works : Higher degrees capture complex topological obstructions.
Optimization :
Degree Meanings :
1 : Simple obstructions (basic support/resistance).
2 : Cohomological pairs (double tops/bottoms).
3 : Triple intersections (complex patterns).
4-5 : Higher-order structures (rare events).
Timeframes :
Scalping/Day Trading : 1-2 for simplicity.
Swing Trading : 3 for complex patterns.
Sectors :
Indices : 2-3 for robust patterns.
Crypto : 1-2 for rapid shifts.
Commodities : 3-4 for cyclical events.
Pro Tip : Degree 3 is optimal for most trading; higher degrees for research or rare event detection.
🌐 Grothendieck Topology :
What It Is : Chooses the Grothendieck topology for the site.
How It Works : Affects how local data integrates into global patterns.
Optimization :
Topology Characteristics :
Étale : Finest topology, captures local-global principles.
Nisnevich : A1-invariant, good for trends.
Zariski : Coarse but robust, filters noise.
Fpqc : Faithfully flat, highly sensitive.
Sectors :
Stocks : Zariski for stability.
Crypto : Étale for sensitivity.
Forex : Nisnevich for smooth trends.
Indices : Zariski for robustness.
Timeframes :
Scalping : Étale for precision.
Swing Trading : Nisnevich or Zariski for reliability.
Pro Tip : Start with Étale for precision; switch to Zariski in noisy markets.
Unified Field Configuration Inputs
⚛️ Field Coupling Constant :
What It Is : Sets the interaction strength between geometric components.
How It Works : Controls signal amplification in the unified field equation.
Optimization :
Higher Values (0.5-1.0) : Strong coupling, amplified signals for ranging markets.
Lower Values (0.001-0.1) : Subtle signals for trending markets.
Timeframes :
Scalping : 0.5-0.8 for quick, strong signals.
Swing Trading : 0.1-0.3 for trend confirmation.
Sectors :
Crypto : 0.5-1.0 for volatility.
Stocks : 0.1-0.3 for stability.
Forex : 0.3-0.5 for balance.
Pro Tip : Default 0.137 (fine structure constant) is a balanced starting point; adjust up in choppy markets.
📐 Geometric Weighting Scheme :
What It Is : Determines the framework for combining geometric components.
How It Works : Adjusts emphasis on different mathematical structures.
Optimization :
Scheme Characteristics :
Canonical : Equal weighting, balanced.
Derived : Emphasizes higher-order structures.
Motivic : Prioritizes arithmetic properties.
Spectral : Focuses on frequency domain.
Sectors :
Stocks : Canonical for balance.
Crypto : Spectral for volatility.
Forex : Derived for structured moves.
Indices : Motivic for arithmetic cycles.
Timeframes :
Day Trading : Canonical or Derived for flexibility.
Swing Trading : Motivic for long-term cycles.
Pro Tip : Start with Canonical; experiment with Spectral in volatile markets.
Dashboard and Visual Configuration Inputs
📋 Show Enhanced Dashboard, 📏 Size, 📍 Position :
What They Are : Control dashboard visibility, size, and placement.
How They Work : Display key metrics like Unified Field , Resonance , and Signal Quality .
Optimization :
Scalping : Small size, Bottom Right for minimal chart obstruction.
Swing Trading : Large size, Top Right for detailed analysis.
Sectors : Universal across markets; adjust size based on screen setup.
Pro Tip : Use Large for analysis, Small for live trading.
📐 Show Motivic Cohomology Bands, 🌊 Morphism Flow, 🔮 Future Projection, 🔷 Holographic Mesh, ⚛️ Spectral Flow :
What They Are : Toggle visual elements representing mathematical calculations.
How They Work : Provide intuitive representations of market dynamics.
Optimization :
Timeframes :
Scalping : Enable Morphism Flow and Spectral Flow for momentum.
Swing Trading : Enable all for comprehensive analysis.
Sectors :
Crypto : Emphasize Morphism Flow and Future Projection for volatility.
Stocks : Focus on Cohomology Bands for stable trends.
Pro Tip : Disable non-essential visuals in fast markets to reduce clutter.
🌫️ Field Transparency, 🔄 Web Recursion Depth, 🎨 Mesh Color Scheme :
What They Are : Adjust visual clarity, complexity, and color.
How They Work : Enhance interpretability of visual elements.
Optimization :
Transparency : 30-50 for balanced visibility; lower for analysis.
Recursion Depth : 6-8 for balanced detail; lower for older hardware.
Color Scheme :
Purple/Blue : Analytical focus.
Green/Orange : Trading momentum.
Pro Tip : Use Neon Purple for deep analysis; Neon Green for active trading.
⏱️ Minimum Bars Between Signals :
What It Is : Minimum number of bars required between consecutive signals.
How It Works : Prevents signal clustering by enforcing a cooldown period.
Optimization :
Higher Values (10-20) : Fewer signals, avoids whipsaws, suited for swing trading.
Lower Values (0-5) : More responsive, allows quick reversals, ideal for scalping.
Timeframes :
Scalping : 0-2 bars for rapid signals.
Day Trading : 3-5 bars for balance.
Swing Trading : 5-10 bars for stability.
Sectors :
Crypto : 0-3 for volatility.
Stocks : 5-10 for trend clarity.
Forex : 3-7 for cyclical moves.
Pro Tip : Increase in choppy markets to filter noise.
Hardcoded Parameters
Tropical, Motivic, Spectral, Perfectoid, Homotopy Inputs : Fixed to optimize performance but influence calculations (e.g., tropical_degree=4 for support levels, perfectoid_prime=5 for convergence).
Optimization : Experiment with codebase modifications if advanced customization is needed, but defaults are robust across markets.
🎨 ADVANCED VISUAL SYSTEM: TRADING IN A GEOMETRIC UNIVERSE
The GTTMTSF ’s visuals are direct representations of its mathematics, designed for intuitive and precise trading decisions.
Motivic Cohomology Bands :
What They Are : Dynamic bands ( H⁰ , H¹ , H² ) representing cohomological support/resistance.
Color & Meaning : Colors reflect energy levels ( H⁰ tightest, H² widest). Breaks into H¹ signal momentum; H² touches suggest reversals.
How to Trade : Use for stop-loss/profit-taking. Band bounces with Dashboard confirmation are high-probability setups.
Morphism Flow (Webbing) :
What It Is : White particle streams visualizing market momentum.
Interpretation : Dense flows indicate strong trends; sparse flows signal consolidation.
How to Trade : Follow dominant flow direction; new flows post-consolidation signal trend starts.
Future Projection Web (Fractal Grid) :
What It Is : Fibonacci-period fractal projections of support/resistance.
Color & Meaning : Three-layer lines (white shadow, glow, colored quantum) with labels showing price, topological class, anomaly strength (φ), resonance (ρ), and obstruction ( H¹ ). ⚡ marks extreme anomalies.
How to Trade : Target ⚡/● levels for entries/exits. High-anomaly levels with weakening Unified Field are reversal setups.
Holographic Mesh & Spectral Flow :
What They Are : Visuals of harmonic interference and spectral energy.
How to Trade : Bright mesh nodes or strong Spectral Flow warn of building pressure before price movement.
📊 THE GEOMETRIC DASHBOARD: YOUR MISSION CONTROL
The Dashboard translates complex mathematics into actionable intelligence.
Unified Field & Signals :
FIELD : Master value (-10 to +10), synthesizing all geometric components. Extreme readings (>5 or <-5) signal structural limits, often preceding reversals or continuations.
RESONANCE : Measures harmony between geometric field and price-volume momentum. Positive amplifies bullish moves; negative amplifies bearish moves.
SIGNAL QUALITY : Confidence meter rating alignment. Trade only STRONG or EXCEPTIONAL signals for high-probability setups.
Geometric Components :
What They Are : Breakdown of seven mathematical engines.
How to Use : Watch for convergence. A strong Unified Field is reliable when components (e.g., Grothendieck , Topos , Motivic ) align. Divergence warns of trend weakening.
Signal Performance :
What It Is : Tracks indicator signal performance.
How to Use : Assesses real-time performance to build confidence and understand system behavior.
🚀 DEVELOPMENT & UNIQUENESS: BEYOND CONVENTIONAL ANALYSIS
The GTTMTSF was developed to analyze markets as evolving geometric objects, not statistical time-series.
Why This Is Unlike Anything Else :
Theoretical Depth : Uses geometry and topology, identifying patterns invisible to statistical tools.
Holistic Synthesis : Integrates seven deep mathematical frameworks into a cohesive Unified Field .
Creative Implementation : Translates PhD-level mathematics into functional Pine Script , blending theory and practice.
Immersive Visualization : Transforms charts into dynamic geometric landscapes for intuitive market understanding.
The GTTMTSF is more than an indicator; it’s a new lens for viewing markets, for traders seeking deeper insight into hidden order within chaos.
" Where there is matter, there is geometry. " - Johannes Kepler
— Dskyz , Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Ultimate RSI [captainua]Ultimate RSI
Overview
This indicator combines multiple RSI calculations with volume analysis, divergence detection, and trend filtering to provide a comprehensive RSI-based trading system. The script calculates RSI using three different periods (6, 14, 24) and applies various smoothing methods to reduce noise while maintaining responsiveness. The combination of these features creates a multi-layered confirmation system that reduces false signals by requiring alignment across multiple indicators and timeframes.
The script includes optimized configuration presets for instant setup: Scalping, Day Trading, Swing Trading, and Position Trading. Simply select a preset to instantly configure all settings for your trading style, or use Custom mode for full manual control. All settings include automatic input validation to prevent configuration errors and ensure optimal performance.
Configuration Presets
The script includes preset configurations optimized for different trading styles, allowing you to instantly configure the indicator for your preferred trading approach. Simply select a preset from the "Configuration Preset" dropdown menu:
- Scalping: Optimized for fast-paced trading with shorter RSI periods (4, 7, 9) and minimal smoothing. Noise reduction is automatically disabled, and momentum confirmation is disabled to allow faster signal generation. Designed for quick entries and exits in volatile markets.
- Day Trading: Balanced configuration for intraday trading with moderate RSI periods (6, 9, 14) and light smoothing. Momentum confirmation is enabled for better signal quality. Ideal for day trading strategies requiring timely but accurate signals.
- Swing Trading: Configured for medium-term positions with standard RSI periods (14, 14, 21) and moderate smoothing. Provides smoother signals suitable for swing trading timeframes. All noise reduction features remain active.
- Position Trading: Optimized for longer-term trades with extended RSI periods (24, 21, 28) and heavier smoothing. Filters are configured for highest-quality signals. Best for position traders holding trades over multiple days or weeks.
- Custom: Full manual control over all settings. All input parameters are available for complete customization. This is the default mode and maintains full backward compatibility with previous versions.
When a preset is selected, it automatically adjusts RSI periods, smoothing lengths, and filter settings to match the trading style. The preset configurations ensure optimal settings are applied instantly, eliminating the need for manual configuration. All settings can still be manually overridden if needed, providing flexibility while maintaining ease of use.
Input Validation and Error Prevention
The script includes comprehensive input validation to prevent configuration errors:
- Cross-Input Validation: Smoothing lengths are automatically validated to ensure they are always less than their corresponding RSI period length. If you set a smoothing length greater than or equal to the RSI length, the script automatically adjusts it to (RSI Length - 1). This prevents logical errors and ensures valid configurations.
- Input Range Validation: All numeric inputs have minimum and maximum value constraints enforced by TradingView's input system, preventing invalid parameter values.
- Smart Defaults: Preset configurations use validated default values that are tested and optimized for each trading style. When switching between presets, all related settings are automatically updated to maintain consistency.
Core Calculations
Multi-Period RSI:
The script calculates RSI using the standard Wilder's RSI formula: RSI = 100 - (100 / (1 + RS)), where RS = Average Gain / Average Loss over the specified period. Three separate RSI calculations run simultaneously:
- RSI(6): Uses 6-period lookback for high sensitivity to recent price changes, useful for scalping and early signal detection
- RSI(14): Standard 14-period RSI for balanced analysis, the most commonly used RSI period
- RSI(24): Longer 24-period RSI for trend confirmation, provides smoother signals with less noise
Each RSI can be smoothed using EMA, SMA, RMA (Wilder's smoothing), WMA, or Zero-Lag smoothing. Zero-Lag smoothing uses the formula: ZL-RSI = RSI + (RSI - RSI ) to reduce lag while maintaining signal quality. You can apply individual smoothing lengths to each RSI period, or use global smoothing where all three RSIs share the same smoothing length.
Dynamic Overbought/Oversold Thresholds:
Static thresholds (default 70/30) are adjusted based on market volatility using ATR. The formula: Dynamic OB = Base OB + (ATR × Volatility Multiplier × Base Percentage / 100), Dynamic OS = Base OS - (ATR × Volatility Multiplier × Base Percentage / 100). This adapts to volatile markets where traditional 70/30 levels may be too restrictive. During high volatility, the dynamic thresholds widen, and during low volatility, they narrow. The thresholds are clamped between 0-100 to remain within RSI bounds. The ATR is cached for performance optimization, updating on confirmed bars and real-time bars.
Adaptive RSI Calculation:
An adaptive RSI adjusts the standard RSI(14) based on current volatility relative to average volatility. The calculation: Adaptive Factor = (Current ATR / SMA of ATR over 20 periods) × Volatility Multiplier. If SMA of ATR is zero (edge case), the adaptive factor defaults to 0. The adaptive RSI = Base RSI × (1 + Adaptive Factor), clamped to 0-100. This makes the indicator more responsive during high volatility periods when traditional RSI may lag. The adaptive RSI is used for signal generation (buy/sell signals) but is not plotted on the chart.
Overbought/Oversold Fill Zones:
The script provides visual fill zones between the RSI line and the threshold lines when RSI is in overbought or oversold territory. The fill logic uses inclusive conditions: fills are shown when RSI is currently in the zone OR was in the zone on the previous bar. This ensures complete coverage of entry and exit boundaries. A minimum gap of 0.1 RSI points is maintained between the RSI plot and threshold line to ensure reliable polygon rendering in TradingView. The fill uses invisible plots at the threshold levels and the RSI value, with the fill color applied between them. You can select which RSI (6, 14, or 24) to use for the fill zones.
Divergence Detection
Regular Divergence:
Bullish divergence: Price makes a lower low (current low < lowest low from previous lookback period) while RSI makes a higher low (current RSI > lowest RSI from previous lookback period). Bearish divergence: Price makes a higher high (current high > highest high from previous lookback period) while RSI makes a lower high (current RSI < highest RSI from previous lookback period). The script compares current price/RSI values to the lowest/highest values from the previous lookback period using ta.lowest() and ta.highest() functions with index to reference the previous period's extreme.
Pivot-Based Divergence:
An enhanced divergence detection method that uses actual pivot points instead of simple lowest/highest comparisons. This provides more accurate divergence detection by identifying significant pivot lows/highs in both price and RSI. The pivot-based method uses a tolerance-based approach with configurable constants: 1% tolerance for price comparisons (priceTolerancePercent = 0.01) and 1.0 RSI point absolute tolerance for RSI comparisons (pivotTolerance = 1.0). Minimum divergence threshold is 1.0 RSI point (minDivergenceThreshold = 1.0). It looks for two recent pivot points and compares them: for bullish divergence, price makes a lower low (at least 1% lower) while RSI makes a higher low (at least 1.0 point higher). This method reduces false divergences by requiring actual pivot points rather than just any low/high within a period. When enabled, pivot-based divergence replaces the traditional method for more accurate signal generation.
Strong Divergence:
Regular divergence is confirmed by an engulfing candle pattern. Bullish engulfing requires: (1) Previous candle is bearish (close < open ), (2) Current candle is bullish (close > open), (3) Current close > previous open, (4) Current open < previous close. Bearish engulfing is the inverse: previous bullish, current bearish, current close < previous open, current open > previous close. Strong divergence signals are marked with visual indicators (🐂 for bullish, 🐻 for bearish) and have separate alert conditions.
Hidden Divergence:
Continuation patterns that signal trend continuation rather than reversal. Bullish hidden divergence: Price makes a higher low (current low > lowest low from previous period) but RSI makes a lower low (current RSI < lowest RSI from previous period). Bearish hidden divergence: Price makes a lower high (current high < highest high from previous period) but RSI makes a higher high (current RSI > highest RSI from previous period). These patterns indicate the trend is likely to continue in the current direction.
Volume Confirmation System
Volume threshold filtering requires current volume to exceed the volume SMA multiplied by the threshold factor. The formula: Volume Confirmed = Volume > (Volume SMA × Threshold). If the threshold is set to 0.1 or lower, volume confirmation is effectively disabled (always returns true). This allows you to use the indicator without volume filtering if desired.
Volume Climax is detected when volume exceeds: Volume SMA + (Volume StdDev × Multiplier). This indicates potential capitulation moments where extreme volume accompanies price movements. Volume Dry-Up is detected when volume falls below: Volume SMA - (Volume StdDev × Multiplier), indicating low participation periods that may produce unreliable signals. The volume SMA is cached for performance, updating on confirmed and real-time bars.
Multi-RSI Synergy
The script generates signals when multiple RSI periods align in overbought or oversold zones. This creates a confirmation system that reduces false signals. In "ALL" mode, all three RSIs (6, 14, 24) must be simultaneously above the overbought threshold OR all three must be below the oversold threshold. In "2-of-3" mode, any two of the three RSIs must align in the same direction. The script counts how many RSIs are in each zone: twoOfThreeOB = ((rsi6OB ? 1 : 0) + (rsi14OB ? 1 : 0) + (rsi24OB ? 1 : 0)) >= 2.
Synergy signals require: (1) Multi-RSI alignment (ALL or 2-of-3), (2) Volume confirmation, (3) Reset condition satisfied (enough bars since last synergy signal), (4) Additional filters passed (RSI50, Trend, ADX, Volume Dry-Up avoidance). Separate reset conditions track buy and sell signals independently. The reset condition uses ta.barssince() to count bars since the last trigger, returning true if the condition never occurred (allowing first signal) or if enough bars have passed.
Regression Forecasting
The script uses historical RSI values to forecast future RSI direction using four methods. The forecast horizon is configurable (1-50 bars ahead). Historical data is collected into an array, and regression coefficients are calculated based on the selected method.
Linear Regression: Calculates the least-squares fit line (y = mx + b) through the last N RSI values. The calculation: meanX = sumX / horizon, meanY = sumY / horizon, denominator = sumX² - horizon × meanX², m = (sumXY - horizon × meanX × meanY) / denominator, b = meanY - m × meanX. The forecast projects this line forward: forecast = b + m × i for i = 1 to horizon.
Polynomial Regression: Fits a quadratic curve (y = ax² + bx + c) to capture non-linear trends. The system of equations is solved using Cramer's rule with a 3×3 determinant. If the determinant is too small (< 0.0001), the system falls back to linear regression. Coefficients are calculated by solving: n×c + sumX×b + sumX²×a = sumY, sumX×c + sumX²×b + sumX³×a = sumXY, sumX²×c + sumX³×b + sumX⁴×a = sumX²Y. Note: Due to the O(n³) computational complexity of polynomial regression, the forecast horizon is automatically limited to a maximum of 20 bars when using polynomial regression to maintain optimal performance. If you set a horizon greater than 20 bars with polynomial regression, it will be automatically capped at 20 bars.
Exponential Smoothing: Applies exponential smoothing with adaptive alpha = 2/(horizon+1). The smoothing iterates from oldest to newest value: smoothed = alpha × series + (1 - alpha) × smoothed. Trend is calculated by comparing current smoothed value to an earlier smoothed value (at 60% of horizon): trend = (smoothed - earlierSmoothed) / (horizon - earlierIdx). Forecast: forecast = base + trend × i.
Moving Average: Uses the difference between short MA (horizon/2) and long MA (horizon) to estimate trend direction. Trend = (maShort - maLong) / (longLen - shortLen). Forecast: forecast = maShort + trend × i.
Confidence bands are calculated using RMSE (Root Mean Squared Error) of historical forecast accuracy. The error calculation compares historical values with forecast values: RMSE = sqrt(sumSquaredError / count). If insufficient data exists, it falls back to calculating standard deviation of recent RSI values. Confidence bands = forecast ± (RMSE × confidenceLevel). All forecast values and confidence bands are clamped to 0-100 to remain within RSI bounds. The regression functions include comprehensive safety checks: horizon validation (must not exceed array size), empty array handling, edge case handling for horizon=1 scenarios, division-by-zero protection, and bounds checking for all array access operations to prevent runtime errors.
Strong Top/Bottom Detection
Strong buy signals require three conditions: (1) RSI is at its lowest point within the bottom period: rsiVal <= ta.lowest(rsiVal, bottomPeriod), (2) RSI is below the oversold threshold minus a buffer: rsiVal < (oversoldThreshold - rsiTopBottomBuffer), where rsiTopBottomBuffer = 2.0 RSI points, (3) The absolute difference between current RSI and the lowest RSI exceeds the threshold value: abs(rsiVal - ta.lowest(rsiVal, bottomPeriod)) > threshold. This indicates a bounce from extreme levels with sufficient distance from the absolute low.
Strong sell signals use the inverse logic: RSI at highest point, above overbought threshold + rsiTopBottomBuffer (2.0 RSI points), and difference from highest exceeds threshold. Both signals also require: volume confirmation, reset condition satisfied (separate reset for buy vs sell), and all additional filters passed (RSI50, Trend, ADX, Volume Dry-Up avoidance).
The reset condition uses separate logic for buy and sell: resetCondBuy checks bars since isRSIAtBottom, resetCondSell checks bars since isRSIAtTop. This ensures buy signals reset based on bottom conditions and sell signals reset based on top conditions, preventing incorrect signal blocking.
Filtering System
RSI(50) Filter: Only allows buy signals when RSI(14) > 50 (bullish momentum) and sell signals when RSI(14) < 50 (bearish momentum). This filter ensures you're buying in uptrends and selling in downtrends from a momentum perspective. The filter is optional and can be disabled. Recommended to enable for noise reduction.
Trend Filter: Uses a long-term EMA (default 200) to determine trend direction. Buy signals require price above EMA, sell signals require price below EMA. The EMA slope is calculated as: emaSlope = ema - ema . Optional EMA slope filter additionally requires the EMA to be rising (slope > 0) for buy signals or falling (slope < 0) for sell signals. This provides stronger trend confirmation by requiring both price position and EMA direction.
ADX Filter: Uses the Directional Movement Index (calculated via ta.dmi()) to measure trend strength. Signals only fire when ADX exceeds the threshold (default 20), indicating a strong trend rather than choppy markets. The ADX calculation uses separate length and smoothing parameters. This filter helps avoid signals during sideways/consolidation periods.
Volume Dry-Up Avoidance: Prevents signals during periods of extremely low volume relative to average. If volume dry-up is detected and the filter is enabled, signals are blocked. This helps avoid unreliable signals that occur during low participation periods.
RSI Momentum Confirmation: Requires RSI to be accelerating in the signal direction before confirming signals. For buy signals, RSI must be consistently rising (recovering from oversold) over the lookback period. For sell signals, RSI must be consistently falling (declining from overbought) over the lookback period. The momentum check verifies that all consecutive changes are in the correct direction AND the cumulative change is significant. This filter ensures signals only fire when RSI momentum aligns with the signal direction, reducing false signals from weak momentum.
Multi-Timeframe Confirmation: Requires higher timeframe RSI to align with the signal direction. For buy signals, current RSI must be below the higher timeframe RSI by at least the confirmation threshold. For sell signals, current RSI must be above the higher timeframe RSI by at least the confirmation threshold. This ensures signals align with the larger trend context, reducing counter-trend trades. The higher timeframe RSI is fetched using request.security() from the selected timeframe.
All filters use the pattern: filterResult = not filterEnabled OR conditionMet. This means if a filter is disabled, it always passes (returns true). Filters can be combined, and all must pass for a signal to fire.
RSI Centerline and Period Crossovers
RSI(50) Centerline Crossovers: Detects when the selected RSI source crosses above or below the 50 centerline. Bullish crossover: ta.crossover(rsiSource, 50), bearish crossover: ta.crossunder(rsiSource, 50). You can select which RSI (6, 14, or 24) to use for these crossovers. These signals indicate momentum shifts from bearish to bullish (above 50) or bullish to bearish (below 50).
RSI Period Crossovers: Detects when different RSI periods cross each other. Available pairs: RSI(6) × RSI(14), RSI(14) × RSI(24), or RSI(6) × RSI(24). Bullish crossover: fast RSI crosses above slow RSI (ta.crossover(rsiFast, rsiSlow)), indicating momentum acceleration. Bearish crossover: fast RSI crosses below slow RSI (ta.crossunder(rsiFast, rsiSlow)), indicating momentum deceleration. These crossovers can signal shifts in momentum before price moves.
StochRSI Calculation
Stochastic RSI applies the Stochastic oscillator formula to RSI values instead of price. The calculation: %K = ((RSI - Lowest RSI) / (Highest RSI - Lowest RSI)) × 100, where the lookback is the StochRSI length. If the range is zero, %K defaults to 50.0. %K is then smoothed using SMA with the %K smoothing length. %D is calculated as SMA of smoothed %K with the %D smoothing length. All values are clamped to 0-100. You can select which RSI (6, 14, or 24) to use as the source for StochRSI calculation.
RSI Bollinger Bands
Bollinger Bands are applied to RSI(14) instead of price. The calculation: Basis = SMA(RSI(14), BB Period), StdDev = stdev(RSI(14), BB Period), Upper = Basis + (StdDev × Deviation Multiplier), Lower = Basis - (StdDev × Deviation Multiplier). This creates dynamic zones around RSI that adapt to RSI volatility. When RSI touches or exceeds the bands, it indicates extreme conditions relative to recent RSI behavior.
Noise Reduction System
The script includes a comprehensive noise reduction system to filter false signals and improve accuracy. When enabled, signals must pass multiple quality checks:
Signal Strength Requirement: RSI must be at least X points away from the centerline (50). For buy signals, RSI must be at least X points below 50. For sell signals, RSI must be at least X points above 50. This ensures signals only trigger when RSI is significantly in oversold/overbought territory, not just near neutral.
Extreme Zone Requirement: RSI must be deep in the OB/OS zone. For buy signals, RSI must be at least X points below the oversold threshold. For sell signals, RSI must be at least X points above the overbought threshold. This ensures signals only fire in extreme conditions where reversals are more likely.
Consecutive Bar Confirmation: The signal condition must persist for N consecutive bars before triggering. This reduces false signals from single-bar spikes or noise. The confirmation checks that the signal condition was true for all bars in the lookback period.
Zone Persistence (Optional): Requires RSI to remain in the OB/OS zone for N consecutive bars, not just touch it. This ensures RSI is truly in an extreme state rather than just briefly touching the threshold. When enabled, this provides stricter filtering for higher-quality signals.
RSI Slope Confirmation (Optional): Requires RSI to be moving in the expected signal direction. For buy signals, RSI should be rising (recovering from oversold). For sell signals, RSI should be falling (declining from overbought). This ensures momentum is aligned with the signal direction. The slope is calculated by comparing current RSI to RSI N bars ago.
All noise reduction filters can be enabled/disabled independently, allowing you to customize the balance between signal frequency and accuracy. The default settings provide a good balance, but you can adjust them based on your trading style and market conditions.
Alert System
The script includes separate alert conditions for each signal type: buy/sell (adaptive RSI crossovers), divergence (regular, strong, hidden), crossovers (RSI50 centerline, RSI period crossovers), synergy signals, and trend breaks. Each alert type has its own alertcondition() declaration with a unique title and message.
An optional cooldown system prevents alert spam by requiring a minimum number of bars between alerts of the same type. The cooldown check: canAlert = na(lastAlertBar) OR (bar_index - lastAlertBar >= cooldownBars). If the last alert bar is na (first alert), it always allows the alert. Each alert type maintains its own lastAlertBar variable, so cooldowns are independent per signal type. The default cooldown is 10 bars, which is recommended for noise reduction.
Higher Timeframe RSI
The script can display RSI from a higher timeframe using request.security(). This allows you to see the RSI context from a larger timeframe (e.g., daily RSI on an hourly chart). The higher timeframe RSI uses RSI(14) calculation from the selected timeframe. This provides context for the current timeframe's RSI position relative to the larger trend.
RSI Pivot Trendlines
The script can draw trendlines connecting pivot highs and lows on RSI(6). This feature helps visualize RSI trends and identify potential trend breaks.
Pivot Detection: Pivots are detected using a configurable period. The script can require pivots to have minimum strength (RSI points difference from surrounding bars) to filter out weak pivots. Lower minPivotStrength values detect more pivots (more trendlines), while higher values detect only stronger pivots (fewer but more significant trendlines). Pivot confirmation is optional: when enabled, the script waits N bars to confirm the pivot remains the extreme, reducing repainting. Pivot confirmation functions (f_confirmPivotLow and f_confirmPivotHigh) are always called on every bar for consistency, as recommended by TradingView. When pivot bars are not available (na), safe default values are used, and the results are then used conditionally based on confirmation settings. This ensures consistent calculations and prevents calculation inconsistencies.
Trendline Drawing: Uptrend lines connect confirmed pivot lows (green), and downtrend lines connect confirmed pivot highs (red). By default, only the most recent trendline is shown (old trendlines are deleted when new pivots are confirmed). This keeps the chart clean and uncluttered. If "Keep Historical Trendlines" is enabled, the script preserves up to N historical trendlines (configurable via "Max Trendlines to Keep", default 5). When historical trendlines are enabled, old trendlines are saved to arrays instead of being deleted, allowing you to see multiple trendlines simultaneously for better trend analysis. The arrays are automatically limited to prevent memory accumulation.
Trend Break Detection: Signals are generated when RSI breaks above or below trendlines. Uptrend breaks (RSI crosses below uptrend line) generate buy signals. Downtrend breaks (RSI crosses above downtrend line) generate sell signals. Optional trend break confirmation requires the break to persist for N bars and optionally include volume confirmation. Trendline angle filtering can exclude flat/weak trendlines from generating signals (minTrendlineAngle > 0 filters out weak/flat trendlines).
How Components Work Together
The combination of multiple RSI periods provides confirmation across different timeframes, reducing false signals. RSI(6) catches early moves, RSI(14) provides balanced signals, and RSI(24) confirms longer-term trends. When all three align (synergy), it indicates strong consensus across timeframes.
Volume confirmation ensures signals occur with sufficient market participation, filtering out low-volume false breakouts. Volume climax detection identifies potential reversal points, while volume dry-up avoidance prevents signals during unreliable low-volume periods.
Trend filters align signals with the overall market direction. The EMA filter ensures you're trading with the trend, and the EMA slope filter adds an additional layer by requiring the trend to be strengthening (rising EMA for buys, falling EMA for sells).
ADX filter ensures signals only fire during strong trends, avoiding choppy/consolidation periods. RSI(50) filter ensures momentum alignment with the trade direction.
Momentum confirmation requires RSI to be accelerating in the signal direction, ensuring signals only fire when momentum is aligned. Multi-timeframe confirmation ensures signals align with higher timeframe trends, reducing counter-trend trades.
Divergence detection identifies potential reversals before they occur, providing early warning signals. Pivot-based divergence provides more accurate detection by using actual pivot points. Hidden divergence identifies continuation patterns, useful for trend-following strategies.
The noise reduction system combines multiple filters (signal strength, extreme zone, consecutive bars, zone persistence, RSI slope) to significantly reduce false signals. These filters work together to ensure only high-quality signals are generated.
The synergy system requires alignment across all RSI periods for highest-quality signals, significantly reducing false positives. Regression forecasting provides forward-looking context, helping anticipate potential RSI direction changes.
Pivot trendlines provide visual trend analysis and can generate signals when RSI breaks trendlines, indicating potential reversals or continuations.
Reset conditions prevent signal spam by requiring a minimum number of bars between signals. Separate reset conditions for buy and sell signals ensure proper signal management.
Usage Instructions
Configuration Presets (Recommended): The script includes optimized preset configurations for instant setup. Simply select your trading style from the "Configuration Preset" dropdown:
- Scalping Preset: RSI(4, 7, 9) with minimal smoothing. Noise reduction disabled, momentum confirmation disabled for fastest signals.
- Day Trading Preset: RSI(6, 9, 14) with light smoothing. Momentum confirmation enabled for better signal quality.
- Swing Trading Preset: RSI(14, 14, 21) with moderate smoothing. Balanced configuration for medium-term trades.
- Position Trading Preset: RSI(24, 21, 28) with heavier smoothing. Optimized for longer-term positions with all filters active.
- Custom Mode: Full manual control over all settings. Default behavior matches previous script versions.
Presets automatically configure RSI periods, smoothing lengths, and filter settings. You can still manually adjust any setting after selecting a preset if needed.
Getting Started: The easiest way to get started is to select a configuration preset matching your trading style (Scalping, Day Trading, Swing Trading, or Position Trading) from the "Configuration Preset" dropdown. This instantly configures all settings for optimal performance. Alternatively, use "Custom" mode for full manual control. The default configuration (Custom mode) shows RSI(6), RSI(14), and RSI(24) with their default smoothing. Overbought/oversold fill zones are enabled by default.
Customizing RSI Periods: Adjust the RSI lengths (6, 14, 24) based on your trading timeframe. Shorter periods (6) for scalping, standard (14) for day trading, longer (24) for swing trading. You can disable any RSI period you don't need.
Smoothing Selection: Choose smoothing method based on your needs. EMA provides balanced smoothing, RMA (Wilder's) is traditional, Zero-Lag reduces lag but may increase noise. Adjust smoothing lengths individually or use global smoothing for consistency. Note: Smoothing lengths are automatically validated to ensure they are always less than the corresponding RSI period length. If you set smoothing >= RSI length, it will be auto-adjusted to prevent invalid configurations.
Dynamic OB/OS: The dynamic thresholds automatically adapt to volatility. Adjust the volatility multiplier and base percentage to fine-tune sensitivity. Higher values create wider thresholds in volatile markets.
Volume Confirmation: Set volume threshold to 1.2 (default) for standard confirmation, higher for stricter filtering, or 0.1 to disable volume filtering entirely.
Multi-RSI Synergy: Use "ALL" mode for highest-quality signals (all 3 RSIs must align), or "2-of-3" mode for more frequent signals. Adjust the reset period to control signal frequency.
Filters: Enable filters gradually to find your preferred balance. Start with volume confirmation, then add trend filter, then ADX for strongest confirmation. RSI(50) filter is useful for momentum-based strategies and is recommended for noise reduction. Momentum confirmation and multi-timeframe confirmation add additional layers of accuracy but may reduce signal frequency.
Noise Reduction: The noise reduction system is enabled by default with balanced settings. Adjust minSignalStrength (default 3.0) to control how far RSI must be from centerline. Increase requireConsecutiveBars (default 1) to require signals to persist longer. Enable requireZonePersistence and requireRsiSlope for stricter filtering (higher quality but fewer signals). Start with defaults and adjust based on your needs.
Divergence: Enable divergence detection and adjust lookback periods. Strong divergence (with engulfing confirmation) provides higher-quality signals. Hidden divergence is useful for trend-following strategies. Enable pivot-based divergence for more accurate detection using actual pivot points instead of simple lowest/highest comparisons. Pivot-based divergence uses tolerance-based matching (1% for price, 1.0 RSI point for RSI) for better accuracy.
Forecasting: Enable regression forecasting to see potential RSI direction. Linear regression is simplest, polynomial captures curves, exponential smoothing adapts to trends. Adjust horizon based on your trading timeframe. Confidence bands show forecast uncertainty - wider bands indicate less reliable forecasts.
Pivot Trendlines: Enable pivot trendlines to visualize RSI trends and identify trend breaks. Adjust pivot detection period (default 5) - higher values detect fewer but stronger pivots. Enable pivot confirmation (default ON) to reduce repainting. Set minPivotStrength (default 1.0) to filter weak pivots - lower values detect more pivots (more trendlines), higher values detect only stronger pivots (fewer trendlines). Enable "Keep Historical Trendlines" to preserve multiple trendlines instead of just the most recent one. Set "Max Trendlines to Keep" (default 5) to control how many historical trendlines are preserved. Enable trend break confirmation for more reliable break signals. Adjust minTrendlineAngle (default 0.0) to filter flat trendlines - set to 0.1-0.5 to exclude weak trendlines.
Alerts: Set up alerts for your preferred signal types. Enable cooldown to prevent alert spam. Each signal type has its own alert condition, so you can be selective about which signals trigger alerts.
Visual Elements and Signal Markers
The script uses various visual markers to indicate signals and conditions:
- "sBottom" label (green): Strong bottom signal - RSI at extreme low with strong buy conditions
- "sTop" label (red): Strong top signal - RSI at extreme high with strong sell conditions
- "SyBuy" label (lime): Multi-RSI synergy buy signal - all RSIs aligned oversold
- "SySell" label (red): Multi-RSI synergy sell signal - all RSIs aligned overbought
- 🐂 emoji (green): Strong bullish divergence detected
- 🐻 emoji (red): Strong bearish divergence detected
- 🔆 emoji: Weak divergence signals (if enabled)
- "H-Bull" label: Hidden bullish divergence
- "H-Bear" label: Hidden bearish divergence
- ⚡ marker (top of pane): Volume climax detected (extreme volume) - positioned at top for visibility
- 💧 marker (top of pane): Volume dry-up detected (very low volume) - positioned at top for visibility
- ↑ triangle (lime): Uptrend break signal - RSI breaks below uptrend line
- ↓ triangle (red): Downtrend break signal - RSI breaks above downtrend line
- Triangle up (lime): RSI(50) bullish crossover
- Triangle down (red): RSI(50) bearish crossover
- Circle markers: RSI period crossovers
All markers are positioned at the RSI value where the signal occurs, using location.absolute for precise placement.
Signal Priority and Interpretation
Signals are generated independently and can occur simultaneously. Higher-priority signals generally indicate stronger setups:
1. Multi-RSI Synergy signals (SyBuy/SySell) - Highest priority: Requires alignment across all RSI periods plus volume and filter confirmation. These are the most reliable signals.
2. Strong Top/Bottom signals (sTop/sBottom) - High priority: Indicates extreme RSI levels with strong bounce conditions. Requires volume confirmation and all filters.
3. Divergence signals - Medium-High priority: Strong divergence (with engulfing) is more reliable than regular divergence. Hidden divergence indicates continuation rather than reversal.
4. Adaptive RSI crossovers - Medium priority: Buy when adaptive RSI crosses below dynamic oversold, sell when it crosses above dynamic overbought. These use volatility-adjusted RSI for more accurate signals.
5. RSI(50) centerline crossovers - Medium priority: Momentum shift signals. Less reliable alone but useful when combined with other confirmations.
6. RSI period crossovers - Lower priority: Early momentum shift indicators. Can provide early warning but may produce false signals in choppy markets.
Best practice: Wait for multiple confirmations. For example, a synergy signal combined with divergence and volume climax provides the strongest setup.
Chart Requirements
For proper script functionality and compliance with TradingView requirements, ensure your chart displays:
- Symbol name: The trading pair or instrument name should be visible
- Timeframe: The chart timeframe should be clearly displayed
- Script name: "Ultimate RSI " should be visible in the indicator title
These elements help traders understand what they're viewing and ensure proper script identification. The script automatically includes this information in the indicator title and chart labels.
Performance Considerations
The script is optimized for performance:
- ATR and Volume SMA are cached using var variables, updating only on confirmed and real-time bars to reduce redundant calculations
- Forecast line arrays are dynamically managed: lines are reused when possible, and unused lines are deleted to prevent memory accumulation
- Calculations use efficient Pine Script functions (ta.rsi, ta.ema, etc.) which are optimized by TradingView
- Array operations are minimized where possible, with direct calculations preferred
- Polynomial regression automatically caps the forecast horizon at 20 bars (POLYNOMIAL_MAX_HORIZON constant) to prevent performance degradation, as polynomial regression has O(n³) complexity. This safeguard ensures optimal performance even with large horizon settings
- Pivot detection includes edge case handling to ensure reliable calculations even on early bars with limited historical data. Regression forecasting functions include comprehensive safety checks: horizon validation (must not exceed array size), empty array handling, edge case handling for horizon=1 scenarios, and division-by-zero protection in all mathematical operations
The script should perform well on all timeframes. On very long historical data, forecast lines may accumulate if the horizon is large; consider reducing the forecast horizon if you experience performance issues. The polynomial regression performance safeguard automatically prevents performance issues for that specific regression type.
Known Limitations and Considerations
- Forecast lines are forward-looking projections and should not be used as definitive predictions. They provide context but are not guaranteed to be accurate.
- Dynamic OB/OS thresholds can exceed 100 or go below 0 in extreme volatility scenarios, but are clamped to 0-100 range. This means in very volatile markets, the dynamic thresholds may not widen as much as the raw calculation suggests.
- Volume confirmation requires sufficient historical volume data. On new instruments or very short timeframes, volume calculations may be less reliable.
- Higher timeframe RSI uses request.security() which may have slight delays on some data feeds.
- Regression forecasting requires at least N bars of history (where N = forecast horizon) before it can generate forecasts. Early bars will not show forecast lines.
- StochRSI calculation requires the selected RSI source to have sufficient history. Very short RSI periods on new charts may produce less reliable StochRSI values initially.
Practical Use Cases
The indicator can be configured for different trading styles and timeframes:
Swing Trading: Select the "Swing Trading" preset for instant optimal configuration. This preset uses RSI periods (14, 14, 21) with moderate smoothing. Alternatively, manually configure: Use RSI(24) with Multi-RSI Synergy in "ALL" mode, combined with trend filter (EMA 200) and ADX filter. This configuration provides high-probability setups with strong confirmation across multiple RSI periods.
Day Trading: Select the "Day Trading" preset for instant optimal configuration. This preset uses RSI periods (6, 9, 14) with light smoothing and momentum confirmation enabled. Alternatively, manually configure: Use RSI(6) with Zero-Lag smoothing for fast signal detection. Enable volume confirmation with threshold 1.2-1.5 for reliable entries. Combine with RSI(50) filter to ensure momentum alignment. Strong top/bottom signals work well for day trading reversals.
Trend Following: Enable trend filter (EMA) and EMA slope filter for strong trend confirmation. Use RSI(14) or RSI(24) with ADX filter to avoid choppy markets. Hidden divergence signals are useful for trend continuation entries.
Reversal Trading: Focus on divergence detection (regular and strong) combined with strong top/bottom signals. Enable volume climax detection to identify capitulation moments. Use RSI(6) for early reversal signals, confirmed by RSI(14) and RSI(24).
Forecasting and Planning: Enable regression forecasting with polynomial or exponential smoothing methods. Use forecast horizon of 10-20 bars for swing trading, 5-10 bars for day trading. Confidence bands help assess forecast reliability.
Multi-Timeframe Analysis: Enable higher timeframe RSI to see context from larger timeframes. For example, use daily RSI on hourly charts to understand the larger trend context. This helps avoid counter-trend trades.
Scalping: Select the "Scalping" preset for instant optimal configuration. This preset uses RSI periods (4, 7, 9) with minimal smoothing, disables noise reduction, and disables momentum confirmation for faster signals. Alternatively, manually configure: Use RSI(6) with minimal smoothing (or Zero-Lag) for ultra-fast signals. Disable most filters except volume confirmation. Use RSI period crossovers (RSI(6) × RSI(14)) for early momentum shifts. Set volume threshold to 1.0-1.2 for less restrictive filtering.
Position Trading: Select the "Position Trading" preset for instant optimal configuration. This preset uses extended RSI periods (24, 21, 28) with heavier smoothing, optimized for longer-term trades. Alternatively, manually configure: Use RSI(24) with all filters enabled (Trend, ADX, RSI(50), Volume Dry-Up avoidance). Multi-RSI Synergy in "ALL" mode provides highest-quality signals.
Practical Tips and Best Practices
Getting Started: The fastest way to get started is to select a configuration preset that matches your trading style. Simply choose "Scalping", "Day Trading", "Swing Trading", or "Position Trading" from the "Configuration Preset" dropdown to instantly configure all settings optimally. For advanced users, use "Custom" mode for full manual control. The default configuration (Custom mode) is balanced and works well across different markets. After observing behavior, customize settings to match your trading style.
Reducing Repainting: All signals are based on confirmed bars, minimizing repainting. The script uses confirmed bar data for all calculations to ensure backtesting accuracy.
Signal Quality: Multi-RSI Synergy signals in "ALL" mode provide the highest-quality signals because they require alignment across all three RSI periods. These signals have lower frequency but higher reliability. For more frequent signals, use "2-of-3" mode. The noise reduction system further improves signal quality by requiring multiple confirmations (signal strength, extreme zone, consecutive bars, optional zone persistence and RSI slope). Adjust noise reduction settings to balance signal frequency vs. accuracy.
Filter Combinations: Start with volume confirmation, then add trend filter for trend alignment, then ADX filter for trend strength. Combining all three filters significantly reduces false signals but also reduces signal frequency. Find your balance based on your risk tolerance.
Volume Filtering: Set volume threshold to 0.1 or lower to effectively disable volume filtering if you trade instruments with unreliable volume data or want to test without volume confirmation. Standard confirmation uses 1.2-1.5 threshold.
RSI Period Selection: RSI(6) is most sensitive and best for scalping or early signal detection. RSI(14) provides balanced signals suitable for day trading. RSI(24) is smoother and better for swing trading and trend confirmation. You can disable any RSI period you don't need to reduce visual clutter.
Smoothing Methods: EMA provides balanced smoothing with moderate lag. RMA (Wilder's smoothing) is traditional and works well for RSI. Zero-Lag reduces lag but may increase noise. WMA gives more weight to recent values. Choose based on your preference for responsiveness vs. smoothness.
Forecasting: Linear regression is simplest and works well for trending markets. Polynomial regression captures curves and works better in ranging markets. Exponential smoothing adapts to trends. Moving average method is most conservative. Use confidence bands to assess forecast reliability.
Divergence: Strong divergence (with engulfing confirmation) is more reliable than regular divergence. Hidden divergence indicates continuation rather than reversal, useful for trend-following strategies. Pivot-based divergence provides more accurate detection by using actual pivot points instead of simple lowest/highest comparisons. Adjust lookback periods based on your timeframe: shorter for day trading, longer for swing trading. Pivot divergence period (default 5) controls the sensitivity of pivot detection.
Dynamic Thresholds: Dynamic OB/OS thresholds automatically adapt to volatility. In volatile markets, thresholds widen; in calm markets, they narrow. Adjust the volatility multiplier and base percentage to fine-tune sensitivity. Higher values create wider thresholds in volatile markets.
Alert Management: Enable alert cooldown (default 10 bars, recommended) to prevent alert spam. Each alert type has its own cooldown, so you can set different cooldowns for different signal types. For example, use shorter cooldown for synergy signals (high quality) and longer cooldown for crossovers (more frequent). The cooldown system works independently for each signal type, preventing spam while allowing different signal types to fire when appropriate.
Technical Specifications
- Pine Script Version: v6
- Indicator Type: Non-overlay (displays in separate panel below price chart)
- Repainting Behavior: Minimal - all signals are based on confirmed bars, ensuring accurate backtesting results
- Performance: Optimized with caching for ATR and volume calculations. Forecast arrays are dynamically managed to prevent memory accumulation.
- Compatibility: Works on all timeframes (1 minute to 1 month) and all instruments (stocks, forex, crypto, futures, etc.)
- Edge Case Handling: All calculations include safety checks for division by zero, NA values, and boundary conditions. Reset conditions and alert cooldowns handle edge cases where conditions never occurred or values are NA.
- Reset Logic: Separate reset conditions for buy signals (based on bottom conditions) and sell signals (based on top conditions) ensure logical correctness.
- Input Parameters: 60+ customizable parameters organized into logical groups for easy configuration. Configuration presets available for instant setup (Scalping, Day Trading, Swing Trading, Position Trading, Custom).
- Noise Reduction: Comprehensive noise reduction system with multiple filters (signal strength, extreme zone, consecutive bars, zone persistence, RSI slope) to reduce false signals.
- Pivot-Based Divergence: Enhanced divergence detection using actual pivot points for improved accuracy.
- Momentum Confirmation: RSI momentum filter ensures signals only fire when RSI is accelerating in the signal direction.
- Multi-Timeframe Confirmation: Optional higher timeframe RSI alignment for trend confirmation.
- Enhanced Pivot Trendlines: Trendline drawing with strength requirements, confirmation, and trend break detection.
Technical Notes
- All RSI values are clamped to 0-100 range to ensure valid oscillator values
- ATR and Volume SMA are cached for performance, updating on confirmed and real-time bars
- Reset conditions handle edge cases: if a condition never occurred, reset returns true (allows first signal)
- Alert cooldown handles na values: if no previous alert, cooldown allows the alert
- Forecast arrays are dynamically sized based on horizon, with unused lines cleaned up
- Fill logic uses a minimum gap (0.1) to ensure reliable polygon rendering in TradingView
- All calculations include safety checks for division by zero and boundary conditions. Regression functions validate that horizon doesn't exceed array size, and all array access operations include bounds checking to prevent out-of-bounds errors
- The script uses separate reset conditions for buy signals (based on bottom conditions) and sell signals (based on top conditions) for logical correctness
- Background coloring uses a fallback system: dynamic color takes priority, then RSI(6) heatmap, then monotone if both are disabled
- Noise reduction filters are applied after accuracy filters, providing multiple layers of signal quality control
- Pivot trendlines use strength requirements to filter weak pivots, reducing noise in trendline drawing. Historical trendlines are stored in arrays and automatically limited to prevent memory accumulation when "Keep Historical Trendlines" is enabled
- Volume climax and dry-up markers are positioned at the top of the pane for better visibility
- All calculations are optimized with conditional execution - features only calculate when enabled (performance optimization)
- Input Validation: Automatic cross-input validation ensures smoothing lengths are always less than RSI period lengths, preventing configuration errors
- Configuration Presets: Four optimized preset configurations (Scalping, Day Trading, Swing Trading, Position Trading) for instant setup, plus Custom mode for full manual control
- Constants Management: Magic numbers extracted to documented constants for improved maintainability and easier tuning (pivot tolerance, divergence thresholds, fill gap, etc.)
- TradingView Function Consistency: All TradingView functions (ta.crossover, ta.crossunder, ta.atr, ta.lowest, ta.highest, ta.lowestbars, ta.highestbars, etc.) and custom functions that depend on historical results (f_consecutiveBarConfirmation, f_rsiSlopeConfirmation, f_rsiZonePersistence, f_applyAllFilters, f_rsiMomentum, f_forecast, f_confirmPivotLow, f_confirmPivotHigh) are called on every bar for consistency, as recommended by TradingView. Results are then used conditionally when needed. This ensures consistent calculations and prevents calculation inconsistencies.
BlackScrum Swing Boxes 1/2/3 After seeing influencers selling their indicator suite's online, I decided to start making replicas of them, maybe mine are better, maybe they are worse. I use them in my day to day trading and they help me make money, hopefully they help you make money.
Not financial advice, Do Your Own Research.
Everything provided without warranty or liability. If you stuff up, learn from it, get better, we all make mistakes.
// BlackScrum — 1/2/3-Bar Swing Boxes (auto timeframe)
//
// DESCRIPTION
// This indicator displays three swing-direction boxes (1B, 2B, 3B) in the top-right corner of the chart.
// The boxes automatically adapt to the chart's timeframe (15m, 1H, 4H, 1D, etc.).
// Each box represents the direction of the most recently confirmed swing pivot:
// • 1B → 1-bar swing (fastest, most sensitive)
// • 2B → 2-bar swing (medium confirmation)
// • 3B → 3-bar swing (slowest, strongest confirmation)
//
// COLORS
// • GREEN = last confirmed swing pivot was a higher low (up swing)
// • RED = last confirmed swing pivot was a lower high (down swing)
// • GREY = no clear swing yet (fresh/transition area)
//
// CONFLUENCE
// • ALL GREEN = bullish alignment across 1B, 2B, 3B → strong trend continuation signal
// • ALL RED = bearish alignment across all three → strong downtrend continuation signal
//
// HOW TO USE (TRADEPLAY)
//
// 1) ENTRIES
// • Aggressive entry → enter when ALL GREEN prints on your timeframe.
// • Safer pullback entry → wait for 1B to briefly turn red during a green 2B/3B,
// then flip back to green. Enter on the re-flip.
// • Multi-timeframe filter:
// Take longs only when higher TF (e.g., 1H/4H) boxes are at least neutral-to-green.
//
// 2) EXITS
// • Weakness exit → when 1B flips against your position while 2B is neutral/red.
// • Full exit → when ALL RED prints.
// • Time stop → if price hasn’t moved after several bars of your execution timeframe.
//
// 3) STOP-LOSS / RISK
// • Place stops beyond the latest opposite swing used by 2B or 3B.
// • Add 0.5–1× ATR buffer if your market has stop-hunt volatility.
// • Always size position based on the distance to the swing stop.
//
// 4) WHEN TO IGNORE SIGNALS
// • Chop zones → 1B flipping repeatedly while 2B/3B disagree.
// • News candles → wait for pivots to confirm on the *closed* bar.
//
// 5) USING WITH OTHER TOOLS
// • With a trend ribbon (e.g., Larsson-style):
// Only take ALL GREEN longs when the ribbon is UP, and ALL RED shorts when ribbon is DOWN.
// • With a Fear & Greed index:
// Prefer longs when F&G > 60,
// Avoid longs when F&G < 40 unless countertrend scalping.
//
// 6) TIMEFRAME GUIDANCE
// • Scalping: 5m / 15m, confirmed by 1H or 4H boxes.
// • Swinging: 1H / 4H with daily filter.
// • Positioning: 1D with weekly confirmation.
//
// 7) INTERPRETATION CHEATSHEET
// • 1B green, 2B grey, 3B red → short-term bounce inside higher timeframe downtrend.
// • 1B/2B green, 3B grey → early trend reversal forming.
// • All grey → fresh swing area; wait for direction.
//
// 8) CUSTOMIZATION
// • len1 / len2 / len3 control sensitivity (higher = slower & cleaner).
// • Can add a timeframe header box (e.g., “15m / 4H / 1D”).
// • Can add a multi-timeframe grid (e.g., 15m | 1H | 4H | 1D each with 1B/2B/3B).
//
// ====================================================================================================
Clean Multi-Indicator Alignment System
Overview
A sophisticated multi-indicator alignment system designed for 24/7 trading across all markets, with pure signal-based exits and no time restrictions. Perfect for futures, forex, and crypto markets that operate around the clock.
Key Features
🎯 Multi-Indicator Confluence System
EMA Cross Strategy: Fast EMA (5) and Slow EMA (10) for precise trend direction
VWAP Integration: Institution-level price positioning analysis
RSI Momentum: 7-period RSI for momentum confirmation and reversal detection
MACD Signals: Optimized 8/17/5 configuration for scalping responsiveness
Volume Confirmation: Customizable volume multiplier (default 1.6x) for signal validation
🚀 Advanced Entry Logic
Initial Full Alignment: Requires all 5 indicators + volume confirmation
Smart Continuation Entries: EMA9 pullback entries when trend momentum remains intact
Flexible Time Controls: Optional session filtering or 24/7 operation
🎪 Pure Signal-Based Exits
No Forced Closes: Positions exit only on technical signal reversals
Dual Exit Conditions: EMA9 breakdown + RSI flip OR MACD cross + EMA20 breakdown
Trend Following: Allows profitable trends to run their full course
Perfect for Swing Scalping: Ideal for multi-session position holding
📊 Visual Interface
Real-Time Status Dashboard: Live alignment monitoring for all indicators
Color-Coded Candles: Instant visual confirmation of entry/exit signals
Clean Chart Display: Toggle-able EMAs and VWAP with professional styling
Signal Differentiation: Clear labels for entries, X-crosses for exits
🔔 Alert System
Entry Notifications: Separate alerts for buy/sell signals
Exit Warnings: Technical breakdown alerts for position management
Mobile Ready: Push notifications to TradingView mobile app
Market Applications
Perfect For:
Gold Futures (GC): 24-hour precious metals trading
NASDAQ Futures (NQ): High-volatility index scalping
Forex Markets: Currency pairs with continuous operation
Crypto Trading: 24/7 cryptocurrency momentum plays
Energy Futures: Oil, gas, and commodity swing trades
Optimal Timeframes:
1-5 Minutes: Ultra-fast scalping during high volatility
5-15 Minutes: Balanced approach for most markets
15-30 Minutes: Swing scalping for trend following
🧠 Smart Position Management
Tracks implied position direction
Prevents conflicting signals
Allows trend continuation entries
State-aware exit logic
⚡ Scalping Optimized
Fast-reacting indicators with shorter periods
Volume-based confirmation reduces false signals
Clean entry/exit visualization
Minimal lag for time-sensitive trades
Configuration Options
All parameters fully customizable:
EMA Lengths: Adjustable from 1-30 periods
RSI Period: 1-14 range for different market conditions
MACD Settings: Fast (1-15), Slow (1-30), Signal (1-10)
Volume Confirmation: 0.5-5.0x multiplier range
Visual Preferences: Colors, displays, and table options
Risk Management Features
Clear visual exit signals prevent emotion-based decisions
Volume confirmation reduces false breakouts
Multi-indicator confluence improves signal quality
Optional time filtering for session-specific strategies
Best Use Cases
Futures Scalping: NQ, ES, GC during active sessions
Forex Swing Trading: Major pairs during overlap periods
Crypto Momentum: Bitcoin, Ethereum trend following
24/7 Automated Systems: Algorithmic trading implementation
Multi-Market Scanning: Portfolio-wide signal monitoring
ProScalper📊 ProScalper - Professional 1-Minute Scalping System
🎯 Overview
ProScalper is a sophisticated, multi-confluence scalping indicator designed specifically for 1-minute chart trading. Combining advanced technical analysis with intelligent signal filtering, it provides high-probability trade setups with clear entry, stop loss, and take profit levels.
✨ Key Features
🔺 Smart Signal Detection
Range Filter Technology: Fast-responding trend detection (25-period) optimized for 1-minute timeframe
Medium-sized triangles appear above/below candles for clear buy/sell signals
Only most recent signal shown - no chart clutter
Automatically deletes old signals when new ones appear
📋 Real-Time Signal Table
Top-center display shows complete trade breakdown
Grade system: A+, A, B+, B, C+ ratings for every setup
All confluence reasons listed with checkmarks
Score and R:R displayed for instant trade quality assessment
Color-coded: Green for LONG, Red for SHORT
📐 Multi-Confluence Analysis
ProScalper combines 10+ technical factors:
✅ EMA Trend: 4 EMAs (200, 48, 13, 8) for multi-timeframe alignment
✅ VWAP: Dynamic support/resistance
✅ Fibonacci Retracement: Golden ratio (61.8%), 50%, 38.2%, 78.6%
✅ Range Filter: Adaptive trend confirmation
✅ Pivot Points: Smart reversal detection
✅ Volume Analysis: Spike detection and volume profile
✅ Higher Timeframe: 5-minute trend confirmation
✅ HTF Support/Resistance: Key levels from higher timeframes
✅ Liquidity Sweeps: Smart money detection
✅ Opening Range Breakout: First 15-minute range
💰 Complete Trade Management
Entry Lines: Dashed green (LONG) or red (SHORT) showing exact entry
Stop Loss: Red dashed line with price label
Take Profit: Blue dashed line with price label and R:R
Partial Exits: 1R level marked with orange dashed line
All lines extend 10 bars for clean alignment with Fibonacci levels
📊 Dynamic Risk/Reward
Adaptive R:R calculation based on market volatility
Targets adjusted for pivot distances
Minimum 1.2:1 to maximum 3.5:1 for scalping
Position sizing based on account risk percentage
🎨 Professional Visualization
Clean chart layout - no clutter, only essential information
Custom EMA colors: Red (200), Aqua (48), Green (13), White (8)
Gold VWAP line for key support/resistance
Color-coded Fibonacci: Bright yellow (61.8%), white (50%), orange (38.2%), fuchsia (78.6%)
No shaded zones - pure price action focus
📈 Performance Tracking
Real-time statistics table (optional)
Win rate, total trades, P&L tracking
Average R:R and win/loss ratios
Setup-specific performance metrics
⚙️ Settings & Customization
Risk Management
Adjustable account risk per trade (default: 0.5%)
ATR-based stop loss multiplier (default: 0.8 for tight scalping)
Dynamic position sizing
Signal Sensitivity
Confluence Score Threshold: 40-100 (default: 55 for balanced signals)
Range Filter Period: 25 bars (fast signals for 1-min)
Range Filter Multiplier: 2.2 (tighter bands for more signals)
Visual Controls
Toggle signal table on/off
Show/hide Fibonacci levels
Control EMA visibility
Adjust table text size
Partial Exits
1R: 50% (default)
2R: 30% (default)
3R: 20% (default)
Fully customizable percentages
Trailing Stops
ATR-Based (best for scalping)
Pivot-Based
EMA-Based
Breakeven trigger at 0.8R
🎯 Best Use Cases
Ideal For:
✅ 1-minute scalping on liquid instruments
✅ Day traders looking for quick 2-8 minute trades
✅ High-frequency trading with 8-15 signals per session
✅ Trending markets where Range Filter excels
✅ Crypto, Forex, Futures - works on all liquid assets
Trading Style:
Timeframe: 1-minute (can work on 3-5 min with adjusted settings)
Hold Time: 3-8 minutes average
Target: 1.2-3R per trade
Frequency: 8-15 signals per day
Win Rate: 45-55% (with proper risk management)
📋 How to Use
Step 1: Wait for Signal
Watch for green triangle (BUY) or red triangle (SELL)
Signal table appears at top center automatically
Step 2: Review Confluence
Check grade (prefer A+, A, B+ for best quality)
Review all reasons listed in table
Confirm score is above your threshold (55+ recommended)
Note the R:R ratio
Step 3: Enter Trade
Enter at current market price
Set stop loss at red dashed line
Set take profit at blue dashed line
Mark 1R level (orange line) for partial exit
Step 4: Manage Trade
Exit 50% at 1R (orange line)
Move to breakeven after 0.8R
Trail remaining position using your chosen method
Exit fully at TP or opposite signal
🎨 Chart Setup Recommendations
Optimal Display:
Timeframe: 1-minute
Chart Type: Candles or Heikin Ashi
Background: Dark theme for best color visibility
Volume: Enable volume bars below chart
Complementary Indicators (optional):
Order flow/Delta for institutional confirmation
Market profile for key levels
Economic calendar for news avoidance
⚠️ Important Notes
Risk Disclaimer:
Not financial advice - for educational purposes only
Always use proper risk management (0.5-1% per trade max)
Past performance doesn't guarantee future results
Test on demo account before live trading
Best Practices:
✅ Trade during high liquidity hours (9:30-11 AM, 2-4 PM EST)
✅ Avoid news events and market open/close (first/last 2 minutes)
✅ Use tight stops (0.8-1.0 ATR) for 1-minute scalping
✅ Take partial profits quickly (1R = 50% off)
✅ Respect max daily loss limits (3% recommended)
✅ Focus on A and B grade setups for consistency
What Makes This Different:
🎯 Complete system - not just signals, but full trade management
📊 Multi-confluence - 10+ factors analyzed per trade
🎨 Professional visualization - clean, focused chart design
⚡ Optimized for 1-min - settings specifically tuned for fast scalping
📋 Transparent reasoning - see exactly why each trade was taken
🏆 Grade system - instantly know trade quality
🔧 Technical Details
Pine Script Version: 5
Overlay: Yes (plots on price chart)
Max Lines: 500
Max Labels: 100
Non-repainting: All signals confirmed on bar close
Alerts: Compatible with TradingView alerts
📞 Support & Updates
This indicator is actively maintained and optimized for 1-minute scalping. Settings can be adjusted for different timeframes and trading styles, but default configuration is specifically tuned for high-frequency 1-minute scalping.
🚀 Get Started
Add ProScalper to your 1-minute chart
Adjust settings to your risk tolerance
Wait for signals (green/red triangles)
Follow the signal table guidance
Manage trades using provided levels
Track performance with stats table
Happy Scalping! 📊⚡💰
Timeframe Resistance Evaluation And Detection - CoffeeKillerTREAD - Timeframe Resistance Evaluation And Detection Guide
🔔 Important Technical Limitation 🔔
**This indicator does NOT fetch true higher timeframe data.** Instead, it simulates higher timeframe levels by aggregating data from your current chart timeframe. This means:
- Results will vary depending on what chart timeframe you're viewing
- Levels may not match actual higher timeframe candle highs/lows
- You might miss important wicks or gaps that occurred between chart timeframe bars
- **Always verify levels against actual higher timeframe charts before trading**
Welcome traders! This guide will walk you through the TREAD (Timeframe Resistance Evaluation And Detection) indicator, a multi-timeframe analysis tool developed by CoffeeKiller that identifies support and resistance confluence across different time periods.(I am 50+ year old trader and always thought I was bad a teaching and explaining so you get a AI guide. I personally use this on the 5 minute chart with the default settings, but to each there own and if you can improve the trend detection methods please DM me. I would like to see the code. Thanks)
Core Components
1. Dual Timeframe Level Tracking
- Short Timeframe Levels: Tracks opening price extremes within shorter periods
- Long Timeframe Levels: Tracks actual high/low extremes within longer periods
- Dynamic Reset Mechanism: Levels reset at the start of each new timeframe period
- Momentum Detection: Identifies when levels change mid-period, indicating active price movement
2. Visual Zone System
- High Zones: Areas between long timeframe highs and short timeframe highs
- Low Zones: Areas between long timeframe lows and short timeframe lows
- Fill Coloring: Dynamic colors based on whether levels are static or actively changing
- Momentum Highlighting: Special colors when levels break during active periods
3. Customizable Display Options
- Multiple Plot Styles: Line, circles, or cross markers
- Flexible Timeframe Selection: Wide range of short and long timeframe combinations
- Color Customization: Separate colors for each level type and momentum state
- Toggle Controls: Show/hide different elements based on trading preference
Main Features
Timeframe Settings
- Short Timeframe Options: 15m, 30m, 1h, 2h, 4h
- Long Timeframe Options: 1h, 2h, 4h, 8h, 12h, 1D, 1W
- Recommended Combinations:
- Scalping: 15m/1h or 30m/2h
- Day Trading: 30m/4h or 1h/4h
- Swing Trading: 4h/1D or 1D/1W
Display Configuration
- Level Visibility: Toggle short/long timeframe levels independently
- Fill Zone Control: Enable/disable colored zones between levels
- Momentum Fills: Special highlighting for actively changing levels
- Line Customization: Width, style, and color options for all elements
Color System
- Short TF High: Default red for resistance levels
- Short TF Low: Default green for support levels
- Long TF High: Transparent red for broader resistance context
- Long TF Low: Transparent green for broader support context
- Momentum Colors: Brighter colors when levels are actively changing
Technical Implementation Details
How Level Tracking Works
The indicator uses a custom tracking function that:
1. Detects Timeframe Periods: Uses `time()` function to identify when new periods begin
2. Tracks Extremes: Monitors highest/lowest values within each period
3. Resets on New Periods: Clears tracking when timeframe periods change
4. Updates Mid-Period: Continues tracking if new extremes are reached
The Timeframe Limitation Explained
`pinescript
// What the indicator does:
short_tf_start = ta.change(time(short_timeframe)) != 0 // Detects 30m period start
= track_highest(open, short_tf_start) // BUT uses chart TF opens!
// What true multi-timeframe would be:
// short_tf_high = request.security(syminfo.tickerid, short_timeframe, high)
`
This means:
- On a 5m chart with 30m/4h settings: Tracks 5m bar opens during 30m and 4h windows
- On a 1m chart with same settings: Tracks 1m bar opens during 30m and 4h windows
- Results will be different between chart timeframes
- May miss important price action that occurred between your chart's bars
Visual Elements
1. Level Lines
- Short TF High: Upper resistance line from shorter timeframe analysis
- Short TF Low: Lower support line from shorter timeframe analysis
- Long TF High: Broader resistance context from longer timeframe
- Long TF Low: Broader support context from longer timeframe
2. Zone Fills
- High Zone: Area between long TF high and short TF high (potential resistance cluster)
- Low Zone: Area between long TF low and short TF low (potential support cluster)
- Regular Fill: Standard transparency when levels are static
- Momentum Fill: Enhanced visibility when levels are actively changing
3. Dynamic Coloring
- Static Periods: Normal colors when levels haven't changed recently
- Active Periods: Momentum colors when levels are being tested/broken
- Confluence Zones: Different intensities based on timeframe alignment
Trading Applications
1. Support/Resistance Trading
- Entry Points: Trade bounces from zone boundaries
- Confluence Areas: Focus on areas where short and long TF levels cluster
- Zone Breaks: Enter on confirmed breaks through entire zones
- Multiple Timeframe Confirmation: Stronger signals when both timeframes align
2. Range Trading
- Zone Boundaries: Use fill zones as range extremes
- Mean Reversion: Trade back toward opposite zone when price reaches extremes
- Breakout Preparation: Watch for momentum color changes indicating potential breakouts
- Risk Management: Place stops outside the opposite zone
3. Trend Following
- Direction Bias: Trade in direction of zone breaks
- Pullback Entries: Enter on pullbacks to broken zones (now support/resistance)
- Momentum Confirmation: Use momentum coloring to confirm trend strength
- Multiple Timeframe Alignment: Strongest trends when both timeframes agree
4. Scalping Applications
- Quick Bounces: Trade rapid moves between zone boundaries
- Momentum Signals: Enter when momentum colors appear
- Short-Term Targets: Use opposite zone as profit target
- Tight Stops: Place stops just outside current zone
Optimization Guide
1. Timeframe Selection
For Different Trading Styles:
- Scalping: 15m/1h - Quick levels, frequent updates
- Day Trading: 30m/4h - Balanced view, good for intraday moves
- Swing Trading: 4h/1D - Longer-term perspective, fewer false signals
- Position Trading: 1D/1W - Major structural levels
2. Chart Timeframe Considerations
**Important**: Your chart timeframe affects results
- Lower Chart TF: More granular level tracking, but may be noisy
- Higher Chart TF: Smoother levels, but may miss important price action
- Recommended: Use chart timeframe 2-4x smaller than short indicator timeframe
3. Display Settings
- Busy Charts: Disable fills, show only key levels
- Clean Analysis: Enable all fills and momentum coloring
- Multi-Monitor Setup: Use different color schemes for easy identification
- Mobile Trading: Increase line width for visibility
Best Practices
1. Level Verification
- Always Cross-Check: Verify levels against actual higher timeframe charts
- Multiple Timeframes: Check 2-3 different chart timeframes for consistency
- Price Action Confirmation: Wait for candlestick confirmation at levels
- Volume Analysis: Combine with volume for stronger confirmation
2. Risk Management
- Stop Placement: Use zones rather than exact prices for stops
- Position Sizing: Reduce size when zones are narrow (higher risk)
- Multiple Targets: Scale out at different zone boundaries
- False Break Protection: Allow for minor zone penetrations
3. Signal Quality Assessment
- Momentum Colors: Higher probability when momentum coloring appears
- Zone Width: Wider zones often provide stronger support/resistance
- Historical Testing: Backtest on your preferred timeframe combinations
- Market Conditions: Adjust sensitivity based on volatility
Advanced Features
1. Momentum Detection System
The indicator tracks when levels change mid-period:
`pinescript
short_high_changed = short_high != short_high and not short_tf_start
`
This identifies:
- Active level testing
- Potential breakout situations
- Increased market volatility
- Trend acceleration points
2. Dynamic Color System
Complex conditional logic determines fill colors:
- Static Zones: Regular transparency for stable levels
- Active Zones: Enhanced colors for changing levels
- Mixed States: Different combinations based on user preferences
- Custom Overrides: User can prioritize certain color schemes
3. Zone Interaction Analysis
- Convergence: When short and long TF levels approach each other
- Divergence: When timeframes show conflicting levels
- Alignment: When both timeframes agree on direction
- Transition: When one timeframe changes while other remains static
Common Issues and Solutions
1. Inconsistent Levels
Problem: Levels look different on various chart timeframes
Solution: Always verify against actual higher timeframe charts
2. Missing Price Action
Problem: Important wicks or gaps not reflected in levels
Solution: Use chart timeframe closer to indicator's short timeframe setting
3. Too Many Signals
Problem: Excessive level changes and momentum alerts
Solution: Increase timeframe settings or reduce chart timeframe granularity
4. Lagging Signals
Problem: Levels seem to update too slowly
Solution: Decrease chart timeframe or use more sensitive timeframe combinations
Recommended Setups
Conservative Approach
- Timeframes: 4h/1D
- Chart: 1h
- Display: Show fills only, no momentum coloring
- Use: Swing trading, position management
Aggressive Approach
- Timeframes: 15m/1h
- Chart: 5m
- Display: All features enabled, momentum highlighting
- Use: Scalping, quick reversal trades
Balanced Approach
- Timeframes: 30m/4h
- Chart: 15m
- Display: Selective fills, momentum on key levels
- Use: Day trading, multi-session analysis
Final Notes
**Remember**: This indicator provides a synthetic view of multi-timeframe levels, not true higher timeframe data. While useful for identifying potential confluence areas, always verify important levels by checking actual higher timeframe charts.
**Best Results When**:
- Combined with actual multi-timeframe analysis
- Used for confluence confirmation rather than primary signals
- Applied with proper risk management
- Verified against price action and volume
**DISCLAIMER**: This indicator and its signals are intended solely for educational and informational purposes. The timeframe limitation means results may not reflect true higher timeframe levels. Always conduct your own analysis and verify levels independently before making trading decisions. Trading involves significant risk of loss.
MTF EMA Trading SystemHere's a comprehensive description and usage guide for publishing your MTF EMA Trading System indicator on TradingView:
MTF EMA Trading System - Pro Edition
📊 Indicator Overview
The MTF EMA Trading System is an advanced multi-timeframe exponential moving average indicator designed for traders seeking high-probability setups with multiple confirmations. Unlike simple EMA crossover systems, this indicator combines trend alignment, momentum, volume analysis, and previous day confluence to generate reliable long and short signals with optimal risk-reward ratios.
✨ Key Features
1. Multi-Timeframe EMA Analysis
Configure 5 independent EMAs (default: 9, 21, 50, 100, 200)
Each EMA can pull data from ANY timeframe (5m, 15m, 1H, 4H, 1D, etc.)
Color-coded lines with customizable widths
End-of-line labels showing EMA period and timeframe (e.g., "EMA200 ")
Perfect for analyzing higher timeframe trends on lower timeframe charts
2. Advanced Signal Generation (Beyond Simple Crosses)
The system requires MULTIPLE confirmations before generating a signal:
LONG Signals Require:
✅ Price action trigger (EMA cross, bounce from key EMA, or pullback setup)
✅ Bullish EMA alignment (EMAs in proper ascending order)
✅ Volume spike confirmation (configurable threshold)
✅ RSI momentum confirmation (bullish but not overbought)
✅ Sufficient EMA separation (avoids choppy/whipsaw conditions)
✅ Price above previous day's low (confluence with support)
SHORT Signals Require:
✅ Price action trigger (EMA cross, rejection from key EMA, or pullback setup)
✅ Bearish EMA alignment (EMAs in proper descending order)
✅ Volume spike confirmation
✅ RSI momentum confirmation (bearish but not oversold)
✅ Sufficient EMA separation
✅ Price below previous day's high (confluence with resistance)
3. Real-Time Dashboard
Displays critical market conditions at a glance:
Overall trend direction (Bullish/Bearish/Neutral)
Price position relative to all EMAs
Volume status (spike or normal)
RSI momentum reading
EMA confluence strength
EMA separation quality
Current ATR value
Previous day high/low levels
Current signal status (LONG/SHORT/WAIT)
Risk-reward ratio
4. Clean Visual Design
Large, clear trade signal markers (green triangles for LONG, red triangles for SHORT)
No chart clutter - only essential information displayed
Customizable signal sizes
Professional color-coded dashboard
5. Built-In Risk Management
ATR-based calculations for stop loss placement
1:2 risk-reward ratio by default
All levels displayed in dashboard for easy reference
🎯 How to Use This Indicator
Step 1: Initial Setup
Add the indicator to your TradingView chart
Configure your preferred timeframes for each EMA:
EMA 9: Leave blank (uses chart timeframe) - Fast reaction to price
EMA 21: Leave blank or set to 15m - Key pivot level
EMA 50: Set to 1H - Intermediate trend
EMA 100: Set to 4H - Major trend filter
EMA 200: Set to 1D - Overall market bias
Adjust signal settings based on your trading style:
Conservative: Keep all confirmations enabled
Aggressive: Disable volume or momentum requirements
Scalping: Reduce min EMA separation to 0.2-0.3%
Step 2: Reading the Dashboard
Before taking any trade, check the dashboard:
Trend: Only take LONG signals in bullish trends, SHORT signals in bearish trends
Position: Confirm price is on the correct side of EMAs
Volume: Green spike = strong confirmation
RSI: Avoid extremes (>70 or <30)
Confluence: "Strong" = high probability setup
Separation: "Good" = trending market, avoid "Low" separation
Step 3: Trade Entry
For LONG Trades:
Wait for green triangle to appear below price
Verify dashboard shows:
Bullish or Neutral trend
Volume spike (preferred)
RSI between 50-70
Good separation
Enter at market or on next bar
Set stop loss at: Entry - (ATR × 2)
Set target at: Entry + (ATR × 4)
For SHORT Trades:
Wait for red triangle to appear above price
Verify dashboard shows:
Bearish or Neutral trend
Volume spike (preferred)
RSI between 30-50
Good separation
Enter at market or on next bar
Set stop loss at: Entry + (ATR × 2)
Set target at: Entry - (ATR × 4)
Step 4: Trade Management
Use the ATR values from dashboard for position sizing
Trail stops using the fastest EMA (EMA 9) as price moves in your favor
Exit partial position at 1:1 risk-reward, let remainder run to target
Exit immediately if dashboard trend changes against your position
💡 Best Practices
Timeframe Recommendations:
Scalping: 1m-5m chart with 5m, 15m, 1H, 4H, 1D EMAs
Day Trading: 5m-15m chart with 15m, 1H, 4H, 1D EMAs
Swing Trading: 1H-4H chart with 4H, 1D, 1W EMAs
Position Trading: 1D chart with 1D, 1W, 1M EMAs
Market Conditions:
Best in: Trending markets with clear direction
Avoid: Tight consolidation, low volume periods, major news events
Filter trades: Only take signals aligned with higher timeframe trend
Risk Management:
Never risk more than 1-2% per trade
Use ATR from dashboard to calculate position size
Respect the stop loss levels
Don't force trades when dashboard shows weak conditions
⚙️ Customization Options
EMA Settings (for each of 5 EMAs):
Length (period)
Timeframe (multi-timeframe capability)
Color
Line width
Show/hide toggle
Signal Settings:
Volume confirmation (on/off)
Volume spike threshold (1.0-3.0x)
Momentum confirmation (on/off)
RSI overbought/oversold levels
Minimum EMA separation percentage
ATR period and stop multiplier
Display Settings:
Show/hide EMA labels
Show/hide trade signals
Signal marker size (tiny/small/normal/large)
Show/hide dashboard
🔔 Alert Setup
The indicator includes 4 alert conditions:
LONG Signal - Fires when all long confirmations are met
SHORT Signal - Fires when all short confirmations are met
Bullish Setup - Early warning when trend aligns bullish with volume
Bearish Setup - Early warning when trend aligns bearish with volume
To set up alerts:
Right-click on chart → Add Alert
Select "MTF EMA Trading System"
Choose your desired alert condition
Configure notification method (popup, email, SMS, webhook)
📈 Performance Tips
Increase Win Rate:
Only trade in direction of higher timeframe trend
Wait for volume spike confirmation
Avoid trades during first 30 minutes and last 15 minutes of session
Skip trades when separation is "Low"
Reduce False Signals:
Increase minimum EMA separation to 0.7-1.0%
Enable all confirmation requirements
Only trade when confluence shows "Strong"
Combine with support/resistance levels
Optimize for Your Market:
Stocks: Use 9, 21, 50, 100, 200 EMAs
Forex: Consider 8, 13, 21, 55, 89 EMAs (Fibonacci)
Crypto: May need wider ATR multiplier (2.5-3.0x) for volatility
⚠️ Important Notes
This indicator is designed to reduce false signals by requiring multiple confirmations
No indicator is 100% accurate - always use proper risk management
Backtesting recommended before live trading
Market conditions change - adjust settings as needed
Works best in liquid markets with clear price action
🎓 Conclusion
The MTF EMA Trading System transforms simple moving average analysis into a sophisticated, multi-confirmation trading strategy. By combining trend alignment, momentum, volume, and confluence, it helps traders identify high-probability setups while filtering out noise and false signals. The clean interface and comprehensive dashboard make it suitable for both beginners and experienced traders across all markets and timeframes.
Clock&Flow – Market Pulse IndicatorClock&Flow – Market Pulse Indicator
1) General Purpose
The Market Pulse Indicator is designed to visualize the strength and direction of market flow in a clear, intuitive way.
Unlike common volume or momentum indicators, it blends three essential dimensions — price velocity, normalized volume, and volatility (ATR) — to highlight when market pressure is truly meaningful.
It helps identify genuine liquidity inflows/outflows, potential exhaustion zones, and moments of compression or expansion within the price structure.
2) Data Sources
All data is directly taken from the current chart’s feed on TradingView:
Price (close): to measure relative price change.
Volume: to detect the intensity of market participation (normalized to average).
ATR (Average True Range): to evaluate volatility relative to price levels.
No external data or off-platform sources are used.
3) Logic and Calculation Steps
Price Velocity: calculates the percentage change between the current close and the close N bars ago.
priceChange = (close - close ) / close
Normalized Volume: compares current volume to its moving average over the same period.
volNorm = volume / sma(volume, length)
Normalized Volatility: ATR divided by price to adjust for instrument scale.
atrNorm = atr(length) / close
Combination : multiplies the three components into one raw value that represents market pulse intensity.
rawPulse = priceChange * volNorm * (1 + atrNorm)
Smoothing: a moving average (smoothLen) is applied to create a cleaner and more readable oscillator line.
flowPulse = sma(rawPulse * multiplier, smoothLen)
4) Parameters (Default Settings)
length (20): analysis period for price change, volume, and ATR.
smoothLen (5): smoothing factor; higher values reduce noise.
multiplier (100): scales the output for readability; adjust to fit chart scale.
5) How to Read the Indicator
Market Pulse > 0 (green): net inflow of liquidity; buying pressure dominates.
Market Pulse < 0 (red): net outflow of liquidity; selling pressure dominates.
Near 0: neutral phase; market balance or consolidation.
Sudden peaks: strong bursts of flow — often coincide with news releases or session overlaps.
Confirmations: use as a second-level filter before entering trades or to confirm momentum behind a breakout.
6) Divergences
Divergences between price and Market Pulse are key signals of weakening flow strength:
Bullish divergence: price forms lower lows while Market Pulse forms higher lows → selling pressure is fading; potential reversal or bounce.
Bearish divergence: price forms higher highs while Market Pulse fails to confirm → buying momentum is losing strength; potential correction ahead.
For reliability, look for divergences on higher timeframes (H4, Daily).
On lower timeframes, treat them as early warnings.
7) Typical Use Cases
Breakout confirmation: price breaks resistance with a rising Market Pulse → confirms genuine participation.
False signal filter: price breaks a level but Market Pulse remains flat/negative → likely fake breakout.
Pullback entry: after a breakout, wait for a short retracement and a new positive pulse → safer entry point.
Exit signal: if you’re long and Market Pulse suddenly turns negative with strong volume → consider partial exit or tighter stops.
8) Recommended Timeframes
Intraday / Scalping: 5–30 min charts with length 10–14, smoothLen 3–5.
Swing trading: 1h–4h charts with length 20–50.
Position trading: Daily charts with larger length (50–100) for smoother data.
Always optimize parameters to the specific asset — there are no universal settings.
9) Limitations
This indicator is not a trading system — it’s a decision-support tool.
Results depend on the quality of the volume data available for the symbol.
Performance and sensitivity are influenced by length, smoothing, and multiplier values — always test before live trading.
Use alongside sound risk and money management.
10) Disclaimer
This script is provided for educational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.
Trading and investing involve significant risk, including the potential loss of capital.
Always test indicators in simulation environments and make independent decisions based on your own analysis and risk tolerance.
Italiano
1) Scopo generale
Flow Pulse è un oscillatore pensato per visualizzare la forza e la direzione del flusso di mercato in modo immediato. Non è un semplice indicatore di volume né una copia di RSI/MACD: combina tre dimensioni fondamentali — variazione di prezzo, volume normalizzato e volatilità — per mettere in evidenza i momenti in cui la pressione dei partecipanti è realmente significativa.
È ideale per identificare: entrate guidate da flussi reali, potenziali esaurimenti, momenti di compressione/espansione del movimento e segnali di conferma per breakout o rimbalzi.
2) Dati utilizzati
L’indicatore usa esclusivamente dati disponibili sulla piattaforma TradingView del grafico corrente:
price (close) — per calcolare la variazione percentuale del prezzo;
volume per misurare l’intensità degli scambi (normalizzato su media);
ATR (Average True Range) — per normalizzare la volatilità rispetto al prezzo;
Tutti i feed (prezzo e volume) sono quelli forniti dall’exchange/fornitore dati collegato al simbolo sul grafico.
3) Logica e passaggi di calcolo
Velocità del prezzo: calcolo della variazione percentuale tra la chiusura corrente e la chiusura N barre fa:
priceChange = (close - close ) / close
— misura la direzione e magnitudine del movimento in termine relativo.
Volume normalizzato: rapporto tra il volume corrente e la media mobile semplice del volume su length barre:
volNorm = volume / sma(volume, length)
— evidenzia volumi anomali rispetto alla media.
Volatilità normalizzata (ATR): rapporto ATR/close per rendere la volatilità comparabile across price levels:
atrNorm = atr(length) / close
Combinazione: il prodotto di questi fattori (con un piccolo offset su ATR) genera un valore grezzo:
rawPulse = priceChange * volNorm * (1 + atrNorm)
— se priceChange e volNorm sono positivi e l’ATR è presente, il rawPulse sarà significativamente positivo.
Smoothing: media mobile semplice (SMA) applicata al rawPulse e moltiplicazione per un fattore scalare (multiplier) per portare il range su livelli leggibili:
flowPulse = sma(rawPulse * multiplier, smoothLen)
4) Parametri esposti (default consigliati)
length (periodo analisi) — default 20: influenza calcolo Δ% e media volumi; allunga la finestra storica.
smoothLen (smussamento) — default 5: smoothing del segnale per ridurre rumore.
multiplier — default 100: fattore di scala per rendere l’oscillatore più leggibile.
5) Interpretazione pratica dei valori
FlowPulse > 0 (verde): predominanza di flusso d’ingresso — pressione d’acquisto. Maggiore il valore, più forte la convinzione (volume + movimento + volatilità).
FlowPulse < 0 (rosso): predominanza di flusso in uscita — pressione di vendita.
Vicino a 0: assenza di flussi netti chiari; mercato piatto o bilanciato.
Picchi repentini: indicano accelerate di flusso — spesso coincidono con rotture, open/close session, news.
Sostegno al trade: usa FlowPulse come conferma prima di entrare su breakout o come avviso di attenzione su esaurimenti.
6) Divergenze (come leggerle)
Le divergenze tra prezzo e FlowPulse sono segnali importanti:
Divergenza rialzista (bullish divergence): prezzo fa nuovi minimi mentre FlowPulse non fa nuovi minimi (o forma minimo relativo più alto) → indica che la spinta di vendita non è supportata da volume/volatilità, possibile inversione/rimbalzo.
Divergenza ribassista (bearish divergence): prezzo fa nuovi massimi mentre FlowPulse non li conferma (o forma massimo relativo più basso) → la spinta d’acquisto è “debole”, possibile esaurimento e inversione.
Note pratiche: cercare divergenze su timeframe maggiori (H4, D) per maggiore attendibilità; sui timeframe minori prendere solo come early warning.
7) Esempi d’uso operativo
Conferma breakout: prezzo rompe resistenza + FlowPulse positivo e crescente → breakout più probabile e con volumi reali.
Filtro per falsi segnali: prezzo rompe ma FlowPulse è piatto/negativo → alto rischio di false breakout.
Entrata per pullback: dopo breakout, attendere un pullback con FlowPulse che torna positivo → ingresso più prudente.
Gestione delle uscite: se sei long e FlowPulse improvvisamente si inverte in negativo su volumi elevati → considerare riduzione posizione o stop.
8) Timeframe consigliati
Intraday / Scalping: M5–M30 con length ridotto (es. 10–14) e smoothLen piccolo.
Swing trading: H1–H4 con length 20–50.
Position trading: D1 con length maggiore per filtrare rumore.
Testa i parametri sul tuo asset e timeframe; nessun parametro è universale.
9) Limitazioni e avvertenze
L’indicatore non è un sistema di trading completo: è un tool di informazione e timing.
Dipende dalla qualità dei dati di volume del simbolo: su alcuni titoli/mercati (es. alcuni ETF, Forex su certi broker) il volume può essere parziale o non rappresentativo.
I valori di margine/multiplier e smoothing influenzano sensibilmente sensibilità e falsi segnali: backtest e ottimizzazione sono raccomandati.
Non usare il solo FlowPulse per entrare su leva elevata senza gestione del rischio12) Disclaimer da inserire
Disclaimer: Questo indicatore è fornito solo a scopo didattico e non costituisce consulenza finanziaria. L’uso comporta rischi: valuta sempre la gestione del rischio e testa su conto demo prima dell’applicazione in reale.
Green*DiamondGreen*Diamond (GD1)
Unleash Dynamic Trading Signals with Volatility and Momentum
Overview
GreenDiamond is a versatile overlay indicator designed for traders seeking actionable buy and sell signals across various markets and timeframes. Combining Volatility Bands (VB) bands, Consolidation Detection, MACD, RSI, and a unique Ribbon Wave, it highlights high-probability setups while filtering out noise. With customizable signals like Green-Yellow Buy, Pullback Sell, and Inverse Pullback Buy, plus vibrant candle and volume visuals, GreenDiamond adapts to your trading style—whether you’re scalping, day trading, or swing trading.
Key Features
Volatility Bands (VB): Plots dynamic upper and lower bands to identify breakouts or reversals, with toggleable buy/sell signals outside consolidation zones.
Consolidation Detection: Marks low-range periods to avoid choppy markets, ensuring signals fire during trending conditions.
MACD Signals: Offers flexible buy/sell conditions (e.g., cross above signal, above zero, histogram up) with RSI divergence integration for precision.
RSI Filter: Enhances signals with customizable levels (midline, oversold/overbought) and bullish divergence detection.
Ribbon Wave: Visualizes trend strength using three EMAs, colored by MACD and RSI for intuitive momentum cues.
Custom Signals: Includes Green-Yellow Buy, Pullback Sell, and Inverse Pullback Buy, with limits on consecutive signals to prevent overtrading.
Candle & Volume Styling: Blends MACD/RSI colors on candles and scales volume bars to highlight momentum spikes.
Alerts: Set up alerts for VB signals, MACD crosses, Green*Diamond signals, and custom conditions to stay on top of opportunities.
How It Works
Green*Diamond integrates multiple indicators to generate signals:
Volatility Bands: Calculates bands using a pivot SMA and standard deviation. Buy signals trigger on crossovers above the lower band, sell signals on crossunders below the upper band (if enabled).
Consolidation Filter: Suppresses signals when candle ranges are below a threshold, keeping you out of flat markets.
MACD & RSI: Combines MACD conditions (e.g., cross above signal) with RSI filters (e.g., above midline) and optional volume spikes for robust signals.
Custom Logic: Green-Yellow Buy uses MACD bullishness, Pullback Sell targets retracements, and Inverse Pullback Buy catches reversals after downmoves—all filtered to avoid consolidation.
Visuals: Ribbon Wave shows trend direction, candles blend momentum colors, and volume bars scale dynamically to confirm signals.
Settings
Volatility Bands Settings:
VB Lookback Period (20): Adjust to 10–15 for faster markets (e.g., 1-minute scalping) or 25–30 for daily charts.
Upper/Lower Band Multiplier (1.0): Increase to 1.5–2.0 for wider bands in volatile stocks like AEHL; decrease to 0.5 for calmer markets.
Show Volatility Bands: Toggle off to reduce chart clutter.
Use VB Signals: Enable for breakout-focused trades; disable to focus on Green*Diamond signals.
Consolidation Settings:
Consolidation Lookback (14): Set to 5–10 for small caps (e.g., AEHL) to catch quick consolidations; 20 for higher timeframes.
Range Threshold (0.5): Lower to 0.3 for stricter filtering in choppy markets; raise to 0.7 for looser signals.
MACD Settings:
Fast/Slow Length (12/26): Shorten to 8/21 for scalping; extend to 15/34 for swing trading.
Signal Smoothing (9): Reduce to 5 for faster signals; increase to 12 for smoother trends.
Buy/Sell Signal Options: Choose “Cross Above Signal” for classic MACD; “Histogram Up” for momentum plays.
Use RSI Div + MACD Cross: Enable for high-probability reversal signals.
RSI Settings:
RSI Period (14): Drop to 10 for 1-minute charts; raise to 20 for daily.
Filter Level (50): Set to 55 for stricter buys; 45 for sells.
Overbought/Oversold (70/30): Tighten to 65/35 for small caps; widen to 75/25 for indices.
RSI Buy/Sell Options: Select “Bullish Divergence” for reversals; “Cross Above Oversold” for momentum.
Color Settings:
Adjust bullish/bearish colors for visibility (e.g., brighter green/red for dark themes).
Border Thickness (1): Increase to 2–3 for clearer candle outlines.
Volume Settings:
Volume Average Length (20): Shorten to 10 for scalping; extend to 30 for swing trades.
Volume Multiplier (2.0): Raise to 3.0 for AEHL’s volume surges; lower to 1.5 for steady stocks.
Bar Height (10%): Increase to 15% for prominent bars; decrease to 5% to reduce clutter.
Ribbon Settings:
EMA Periods (10/20/30): Tighten to 5/10/15 for scalping; widen to 20/40/60 for trends.
Color by MACD/RSI: Disable for simpler visuals; enable for dynamic momentum cues.
Gradient Fill: Toggle on for trend clarity; off for minimalism.
Custom Signals:
Enable Green-Yellow Buy: Use for momentum confirmation; limit to 1–2 signals to avoid spam.
Pullback/Inverse Pullback % (50): Set to 30–40% for small caps; 60–70% for indices.
Max Buy Signals (1): Increase to 2–3 for active markets; keep at 1 for discipline.
Tips and Tricks
Scalping Small Caps (e.g., AEHL):
Use 1-minute charts with VB Lookback = 10, Consolidation Lookback = 5, and Volume Multiplier = 3.0 to catch $0.10–$0.20 moves.
Enable Green-Yellow Buy and Inverse Pullback Buy for quick entries; disable VB Signals to focus on Green*Diamond logic.
Pair with SMC+ green boxes (if you use them) for reversal confirmation.
Day Trading:
Try 5-minute charts with MACD Fast/Slow = 8/21 and RSI Period = 10.
Enable RSI Divergence + MACD Cross for high-probability setups; set Max Buy Signals = 2.
Watch for volume bars turning yellow to confirm entries.
Swing Trading:
Use daily charts with VB Lookback = 30, Ribbon EMAs = 20/40/60.
Enable Pullback Sell (60%) to exit after rallies; disable RSI Color for cleaner candles.
Check Ribbon Wave gradient for trend strength—bright green signals strong bulls.
Avoiding Noise:
Increase Consolidation Threshold to 0.7 on volatile days to skip false breakouts.
Disable Ribbon Wave or Volume Bars if the chart feels crowded.
Limit Max Buy Signals to 1 for disciplined trading.
Alert Setup:
In TradingView’s Alerts panel, select:
“GD Buy Signal” for standard entries.
“RSI Div + MACD Cross Buy” for reversals.
“VB Buy Signal” for breakout plays.
Set to “Once Per Bar Close” for confirmed signals; “Once Per Bar” for scalping.
Backtesting:
Replay on small caps ( Float < 5M, Price $0.50–$5) to test signals.
Focus on “GD Buy Signal” with yellow volume bars and green Ribbon Wave.
Avoid signals during gray consolidation squares unless paired with RSI Divergence.
Usage Notes
Markets: Works on stocks, forex, crypto, and indices. Best for volatile assets (e.g., small-cap stocks, BTCUSD).
Timeframes: Scalping (1–5 minutes), day trading (15–60 minutes), or swing trading (daily). Adjust settings per timeframe.
Risk Management: Combine with stop-losses (e.g., 1% risk, $0.05 below AEHL entry) and take-profits (3–5%).
Customization: Tweak inputs to match your strategy—experiment in replay to find your sweet spot.
Disclaimer
Green*Diamond is a technical tool to assist with trade identification, not a guarantee of profits. Trading involves risks, and past performance doesn’t predict future results. Always conduct your own analysis, manage risk, and test settings before live trading.
Feedback
Love Green*Diamond? Found a killer setup?
Tensor Market Analysis Engine (TMAE)# Tensor Market Analysis Engine (TMAE)
## Advanced Multi-Dimensional Mathematical Analysis System
*Where Quantum Mathematics Meets Market Structure*
---
## 🎓 THEORETICAL FOUNDATION
The Tensor Market Analysis Engine represents a revolutionary synthesis of three cutting-edge mathematical frameworks that have never before been combined for comprehensive market analysis. This indicator transcends traditional technical analysis by implementing advanced mathematical concepts from quantum mechanics, information theory, and fractal geometry.
### 🌊 Multi-Dimensional Volatility with Jump Detection
**Hawkes Process Implementation:**
The TMAE employs a sophisticated Hawkes process approximation for detecting self-exciting market jumps. Unlike traditional volatility measures that treat price movements as independent events, the Hawkes process recognizes that market shocks cluster and exhibit memory effects.
**Mathematical Foundation:**
```
Intensity λ(t) = μ + Σ α(t - Tᵢ)
```
Where market jumps at times Tᵢ increase the probability of future jumps through the decay function α, controlled by the Hawkes Decay parameter (0.5-0.99).
**Mahalanobis Distance Calculation:**
The engine calculates volatility jumps using multi-dimensional Mahalanobis distance across up to 5 volatility dimensions:
- **Dimension 1:** Price volatility (standard deviation of returns)
- **Dimension 2:** Volume volatility (normalized volume fluctuations)
- **Dimension 3:** Range volatility (high-low spread variations)
- **Dimension 4:** Correlation volatility (price-volume relationship changes)
- **Dimension 5:** Microstructure volatility (intrabar positioning analysis)
This creates a volatility state vector that captures market behavior impossible to detect with traditional single-dimensional approaches.
### 📐 Hurst Exponent Regime Detection
**Fractal Market Hypothesis Integration:**
The TMAE implements advanced Rescaled Range (R/S) analysis to calculate the Hurst exponent in real-time, providing dynamic regime classification:
- **H > 0.6:** Trending (persistent) markets - momentum strategies optimal
- **H < 0.4:** Mean-reverting (anti-persistent) markets - contrarian strategies optimal
- **H ≈ 0.5:** Random walk markets - breakout strategies preferred
**Adaptive R/S Analysis:**
Unlike static implementations, the TMAE uses adaptive windowing that adjusts to market conditions:
```
H = log(R/S) / log(n)
```
Where R is the range of cumulative deviations and S is the standard deviation over period n.
**Dynamic Regime Classification:**
The system employs hysteresis to prevent regime flipping, requiring sustained Hurst values before regime changes are confirmed. This prevents false signals during transitional periods.
### 🔄 Transfer Entropy Analysis
**Information Flow Quantification:**
Transfer entropy measures the directional flow of information between price and volume, revealing lead-lag relationships that indicate future price movements:
```
TE(X→Y) = Σ p(yₜ₊₁, yₜ, xₜ) log
```
**Causality Detection:**
- **Volume → Price:** Indicates accumulation/distribution phases
- **Price → Volume:** Suggests retail participation or momentum chasing
- **Balanced Flow:** Market equilibrium or transition periods
The system analyzes multiple lag periods (2-20 bars) to capture both immediate and structural information flows.
---
## 🔧 COMPREHENSIVE INPUT SYSTEM
### Core Parameters Group
**Primary Analysis Window (10-100, Default: 50)**
The fundamental lookback period affecting all calculations. Optimization by timeframe:
- **1-5 minute charts:** 20-30 (rapid adaptation to micro-movements)
- **15 minute-1 hour:** 30-50 (balanced responsiveness and stability)
- **4 hour-daily:** 50-100 (smooth signals, reduced noise)
- **Asset-specific:** Cryptocurrency 20-35, Stocks 35-50, Forex 40-60
**Signal Sensitivity (0.1-2.0, Default: 0.7)**
Master control affecting all threshold calculations:
- **Conservative (0.3-0.6):** High-quality signals only, fewer false positives
- **Balanced (0.7-1.0):** Optimal risk-reward ratio for most trading styles
- **Aggressive (1.1-2.0):** Maximum signal frequency, requires careful filtering
**Signal Generation Mode:**
- **Aggressive:** Any component signals (highest frequency)
- **Confluence:** 2+ components agree (balanced approach)
- **Conservative:** All 3 components align (highest quality)
### Volatility Jump Detection Group
**Volatility Dimensions (2-5, Default: 3)**
Determines the mathematical space complexity:
- **2D:** Price + Volume volatility (suitable for clean markets)
- **3D:** + Range volatility (optimal for most conditions)
- **4D:** + Correlation volatility (advanced multi-asset analysis)
- **5D:** + Microstructure volatility (maximum sensitivity)
**Jump Detection Threshold (1.5-4.0σ, Default: 3.0σ)**
Standard deviations required for volatility jump classification:
- **Cryptocurrency:** 2.0-2.5σ (naturally volatile)
- **Stock Indices:** 2.5-3.0σ (moderate volatility)
- **Forex Major Pairs:** 3.0-3.5σ (typically stable)
- **Commodities:** 2.0-3.0σ (varies by commodity)
**Jump Clustering Decay (0.5-0.99, Default: 0.85)**
Hawkes process memory parameter:
- **0.5-0.7:** Fast decay (jumps treated as independent)
- **0.8-0.9:** Moderate clustering (realistic market behavior)
- **0.95-0.99:** Strong clustering (crisis/event-driven markets)
### Hurst Exponent Analysis Group
**Calculation Method Options:**
- **Classic R/S:** Original Rescaled Range (fast, simple)
- **Adaptive R/S:** Dynamic windowing (recommended for trading)
- **DFA:** Detrended Fluctuation Analysis (best for noisy data)
**Trending Threshold (0.55-0.8, Default: 0.60)**
Hurst value defining persistent market behavior:
- **0.55-0.60:** Weak trend persistence
- **0.65-0.70:** Clear trending behavior
- **0.75-0.80:** Strong momentum regimes
**Mean Reversion Threshold (0.2-0.45, Default: 0.40)**
Hurst value defining anti-persistent behavior:
- **0.35-0.45:** Weak mean reversion
- **0.25-0.35:** Clear ranging behavior
- **0.15-0.25:** Strong reversion tendency
### Transfer Entropy Parameters Group
**Information Flow Analysis:**
- **Price-Volume:** Classic flow analysis for accumulation/distribution
- **Price-Volatility:** Risk flow analysis for sentiment shifts
- **Multi-Timeframe:** Cross-timeframe causality detection
**Maximum Lag (2-20, Default: 5)**
Causality detection window:
- **2-5 bars:** Immediate causality (scalping)
- **5-10 bars:** Short-term flow (day trading)
- **10-20 bars:** Structural flow (swing trading)
**Significance Threshold (0.05-0.3, Default: 0.15)**
Minimum entropy for signal generation:
- **0.05-0.10:** Detect subtle information flows
- **0.10-0.20:** Clear causality only
- **0.20-0.30:** Very strong flows only
---
## 🎨 ADVANCED VISUAL SYSTEM
### Tensor Volatility Field Visualization
**Five-Layer Resonance Bands:**
The tensor field creates dynamic support/resistance zones that expand and contract based on mathematical field strength:
- **Core Layer (Purple):** Primary tensor field with highest intensity
- **Layer 2 (Neutral):** Secondary mathematical resonance
- **Layer 3 (Info Blue):** Tertiary harmonic frequencies
- **Layer 4 (Warning Gold):** Outer field boundaries
- **Layer 5 (Success Green):** Maximum field extension
**Field Strength Calculation:**
```
Field Strength = min(3.0, Mahalanobis Distance × Tensor Intensity)
```
The field amplitude adjusts to ATR and mathematical distance, creating dynamic zones that respond to market volatility.
**Radiation Line Network:**
During active tensor states, the system projects directional radiation lines showing field energy distribution:
- **8 Directional Rays:** Complete angular coverage
- **Tapering Segments:** Progressive transparency for natural visual flow
- **Pulse Effects:** Enhanced visualization during volatility jumps
### Dimensional Portal System
**Portal Mathematics:**
Dimensional portals visualize regime transitions using category theory principles:
- **Green Portals (◉):** Trending regime detection (appear below price for support)
- **Red Portals (◎):** Mean-reverting regime (appear above price for resistance)
- **Yellow Portals (○):** Random walk regime (neutral positioning)
**Tensor Trail Effects:**
Each portal generates 8 trailing particles showing mathematical momentum:
- **Large Particles (●):** Strong mathematical signal
- **Medium Particles (◦):** Moderate signal strength
- **Small Particles (·):** Weak signal continuation
- **Micro Particles (˙):** Signal dissipation
### Information Flow Streams
**Particle Stream Visualization:**
Transfer entropy creates flowing particle streams indicating information direction:
- **Upward Streams:** Volume leading price (accumulation phases)
- **Downward Streams:** Price leading volume (distribution phases)
- **Stream Density:** Proportional to information flow strength
**15-Particle Evolution:**
Each stream contains 15 particles with progressive sizing and transparency, creating natural flow visualization that makes information transfer immediately apparent.
### Fractal Matrix Grid System
**Multi-Timeframe Fractal Levels:**
The system calculates and displays fractal highs/lows across five Fibonacci periods:
- **8-Period:** Short-term fractal structure
- **13-Period:** Intermediate-term patterns
- **21-Period:** Primary swing levels
- **34-Period:** Major structural levels
- **55-Period:** Long-term fractal boundaries
**Triple-Layer Visualization:**
Each fractal level uses three-layer rendering:
- **Shadow Layer:** Widest, darkest foundation (width 5)
- **Glow Layer:** Medium white core line (width 3)
- **Tensor Layer:** Dotted mathematical overlay (width 1)
**Intelligent Labeling System:**
Smart spacing prevents label overlap using ATR-based minimum distances. Labels include:
- **Fractal Period:** Time-based identification
- **Topological Class:** Mathematical complexity rating (0, I, II, III)
- **Price Level:** Exact fractal price
- **Mahalanobis Distance:** Current mathematical field strength
- **Hurst Exponent:** Current regime classification
- **Anomaly Indicators:** Visual strength representations (○ ◐ ● ⚡)
### Wick Pressure Analysis
**Rejection Level Mathematics:**
The system analyzes candle wick patterns to project future pressure zones:
- **Upper Wick Analysis:** Identifies selling pressure and resistance zones
- **Lower Wick Analysis:** Identifies buying pressure and support zones
- **Pressure Projection:** Extends lines forward based on mathematical probability
**Multi-Layer Glow Effects:**
Wick pressure lines use progressive transparency (1-8 layers) creating natural glow effects that make pressure zones immediately visible without cluttering the chart.
### Enhanced Regime Background
**Dynamic Intensity Mapping:**
Background colors reflect mathematical regime strength:
- **Deep Transparency (98% alpha):** Subtle regime indication
- **Pulse Intensity:** Based on regime strength calculation
- **Color Coding:** Green (trending), Red (mean-reverting), Neutral (random)
**Smoothing Integration:**
Regime changes incorporate 10-bar smoothing to prevent background flicker while maintaining responsiveness to genuine regime shifts.
### Color Scheme System
**Six Professional Themes:**
- **Dark (Default):** Professional trading environment optimization
- **Light:** High ambient light conditions
- **Classic:** Traditional technical analysis appearance
- **Neon:** High-contrast visibility for active trading
- **Neutral:** Minimal distraction focus
- **Bright:** Maximum visibility for complex setups
Each theme maintains mathematical accuracy while optimizing visual clarity for different trading environments and personal preferences.
---
## 📊 INSTITUTIONAL-GRADE DASHBOARD
### Tensor Field Status Section
**Field Strength Display:**
Real-time Mahalanobis distance calculation with dynamic emoji indicators:
- **⚡ (Lightning):** Extreme field strength (>1.5× threshold)
- **● (Solid Circle):** Strong field activity (>1.0× threshold)
- **○ (Open Circle):** Normal field state
**Signal Quality Rating:**
Democratic algorithm assessment:
- **ELITE:** All 3 components aligned (highest probability)
- **STRONG:** 2 components aligned (good probability)
- **GOOD:** 1 component active (moderate probability)
- **WEAK:** No clear component signals
**Threshold and Anomaly Monitoring:**
- **Threshold Display:** Current mathematical threshold setting
- **Anomaly Level (0-100%):** Combined volatility and volume spike measurement
- **>70%:** High anomaly (red warning)
- **30-70%:** Moderate anomaly (orange caution)
- **<30%:** Normal conditions (green confirmation)
### Tensor State Analysis Section
**Mathematical State Classification:**
- **↑ BULL (Tensor State +1):** Trending regime with bullish bias
- **↓ BEAR (Tensor State -1):** Mean-reverting regime with bearish bias
- **◈ SUPER (Tensor State 0):** Random walk regime (neutral)
**Visual State Gauge:**
Five-circle progression showing tensor field polarity:
- **🟢🟢🟢⚪⚪:** Strong bullish mathematical alignment
- **⚪⚪🟡⚪⚪:** Neutral/transitional state
- **⚪⚪🔴🔴🔴:** Strong bearish mathematical alignment
**Trend Direction and Phase Analysis:**
- **📈 BULL / 📉 BEAR / ➡️ NEUTRAL:** Primary trend classification
- **🌪️ CHAOS:** Extreme information flow (>2.0 flow strength)
- **⚡ ACTIVE:** Strong information flow (1.0-2.0 flow strength)
- **😴 CALM:** Low information flow (<1.0 flow strength)
### Trading Signals Section
**Real-Time Signal Status:**
- **🟢 ACTIVE / ⚪ INACTIVE:** Long signal availability
- **🔴 ACTIVE / ⚪ INACTIVE:** Short signal availability
- **Components (X/3):** Active algorithmic components
- **Mode Display:** Current signal generation mode
**Signal Strength Visualization:**
Color-coded component count:
- **Green:** 3/3 components (maximum confidence)
- **Aqua:** 2/3 components (good confidence)
- **Orange:** 1/3 components (moderate confidence)
- **Gray:** 0/3 components (no signals)
### Performance Metrics Section
**Win Rate Monitoring:**
Estimated win rates based on signal quality with emoji indicators:
- **🔥 (Fire):** ≥60% estimated win rate
- **👍 (Thumbs Up):** 45-59% estimated win rate
- **⚠️ (Warning):** <45% estimated win rate
**Mathematical Metrics:**
- **Hurst Exponent:** Real-time fractal dimension (0.000-1.000)
- **Information Flow:** Volume/price leading indicators
- **📊 VOL:** Volume leading price (accumulation/distribution)
- **💰 PRICE:** Price leading volume (momentum/speculation)
- **➖ NONE:** Balanced information flow
- **Volatility Classification:**
- **🔥 HIGH:** Above 1.5× jump threshold
- **📊 NORM:** Normal volatility range
- **😴 LOW:** Below 0.5× jump threshold
### Market Structure Section (Large Dashboard)
**Regime Classification:**
- **📈 TREND:** Hurst >0.6, momentum strategies optimal
- **🔄 REVERT:** Hurst <0.4, contrarian strategies optimal
- **🎲 RANDOM:** Hurst ≈0.5, breakout strategies preferred
**Mathematical Field Analysis:**
- **Dimensions:** Current volatility space complexity (2D-5D)
- **Hawkes λ (Lambda):** Self-exciting jump intensity (0.00-1.00)
- **Jump Status:** 🚨 JUMP (active) / ✅ NORM (normal)
### Settings Summary Section (Large Dashboard)
**Active Configuration Display:**
- **Sensitivity:** Current master sensitivity setting
- **Lookback:** Primary analysis window
- **Theme:** Active color scheme
- **Method:** Hurst calculation method (Classic R/S, Adaptive R/S, DFA)
**Dashboard Sizing Options:**
- **Small:** Essential metrics only (mobile/small screens)
- **Normal:** Balanced information density (standard desktop)
- **Large:** Maximum detail (multi-monitor setups)
**Position Options:**
- **Top Right:** Standard placement (avoids price action)
- **Top Left:** Wide chart optimization
- **Bottom Right:** Recent price focus (scalping)
- **Bottom Left:** Maximum price visibility (swing trading)
---
## 🎯 SIGNAL GENERATION LOGIC
### Multi-Component Convergence System
**Component Signal Architecture:**
The TMAE generates signals through sophisticated component analysis rather than simple threshold crossing:
**Volatility Component:**
- **Jump Detection:** Mahalanobis distance threshold breach
- **Hawkes Intensity:** Self-exciting process activation (>0.2)
- **Multi-dimensional:** Considers all volatility dimensions simultaneously
**Hurst Regime Component:**
- **Trending Markets:** Price above SMA-20 with positive momentum
- **Mean-Reverting Markets:** Price at Bollinger Band extremes
- **Random Markets:** Bollinger squeeze breakouts with directional confirmation
**Transfer Entropy Component:**
- **Volume Leadership:** Information flow from volume to price
- **Volume Spike:** Volume 110%+ above 20-period average
- **Flow Significance:** Above entropy threshold with directional bias
### Democratic Signal Weighting
**Signal Mode Implementation:**
- **Aggressive Mode:** Any single component triggers signal
- **Confluence Mode:** Minimum 2 components must agree
- **Conservative Mode:** All 3 components must align
**Momentum Confirmation:**
All signals require momentum confirmation:
- **Long Signals:** RSI >50 AND price >EMA-9
- **Short Signals:** RSI <50 AND price 0.6):**
- **Increase Sensitivity:** Catch momentum continuation
- **Lower Mean Reversion Threshold:** Avoid counter-trend signals
- **Emphasize Volume Leadership:** Institutional accumulation/distribution
- **Tensor Field Focus:** Use expansion for trend continuation
- **Signal Mode:** Aggressive or Confluence for trend following
**Range-Bound Markets (Hurst <0.4):**
- **Decrease Sensitivity:** Avoid false breakouts
- **Lower Trending Threshold:** Quick regime recognition
- **Focus on Price Leadership:** Retail sentiment extremes
- **Fractal Grid Emphasis:** Support/resistance trading
- **Signal Mode:** Conservative for high-probability reversals
**Volatile Markets (High Jump Frequency):**
- **Increase Hawkes Decay:** Recognize event clustering
- **Higher Jump Threshold:** Avoid noise signals
- **Maximum Dimensions:** Capture full volatility complexity
- **Reduce Position Sizing:** Risk management adaptation
- **Enhanced Visuals:** Maximum information for rapid decisions
**Low Volatility Markets (Low Jump Frequency):**
- **Decrease Jump Threshold:** Capture subtle movements
- **Lower Hawkes Decay:** Treat moves as independent
- **Reduce Dimensions:** Simplify analysis
- **Increase Position Sizing:** Capitalize on compressed volatility
- **Minimal Visuals:** Reduce distraction in quiet markets
---
## 🚀 ADVANCED TRADING STRATEGIES
### The Mathematical Convergence Method
**Entry Protocol:**
1. **Fractal Grid Approach:** Monitor price approaching significant fractal levels
2. **Tensor Field Confirmation:** Verify field expansion supporting direction
3. **Portal Signal:** Wait for dimensional portal appearance
4. **ELITE/STRONG Quality:** Only trade highest quality mathematical signals
5. **Component Consensus:** Confirm 2+ components agree in Confluence mode
**Example Implementation:**
- Price approaching 21-period fractal high
- Tensor field expanding upward (bullish mathematical alignment)
- Green portal appears below price (trending regime confirmation)
- ELITE quality signal with 3/3 components active
- Enter long position with stop below fractal level
**Risk Management:**
- **Stop Placement:** Below/above fractal level that generated signal
- **Position Sizing:** Based on Mahalanobis distance (higher distance = smaller size)
- **Profit Targets:** Next fractal level or tensor field resistance
### The Regime Transition Strategy
**Regime Change Detection:**
1. **Monitor Hurst Exponent:** Watch for persistent moves above/below thresholds
2. **Portal Color Change:** Regime transitions show different portal colors
3. **Background Intensity:** Increasing regime background intensity
4. **Mathematical Confirmation:** Wait for regime confirmation (hysteresis)
**Trading Implementation:**
- **Trending Transitions:** Trade momentum breakouts, follow trend
- **Mean Reversion Transitions:** Trade range boundaries, fade extremes
- **Random Transitions:** Trade breakouts with tight stops
**Advanced Techniques:**
- **Multi-Timeframe:** Confirm regime on higher timeframe
- **Early Entry:** Enter on regime transition rather than confirmation
- **Regime Strength:** Larger positions during strong regime signals
### The Information Flow Momentum Strategy
**Flow Detection Protocol:**
1. **Monitor Transfer Entropy:** Watch for significant information flow shifts
2. **Volume Leadership:** Strong edge when volume leads price
3. **Flow Acceleration:** Increasing flow strength indicates momentum
4. **Directional Confirmation:** Ensure flow aligns with intended trade direction
**Entry Signals:**
- **Volume → Price Flow:** Enter during accumulation/distribution phases
- **Price → Volume Flow:** Enter on momentum confirmation breaks
- **Flow Reversal:** Counter-trend entries when flow reverses
**Optimization:**
- **Scalping:** Use immediate flow detection (2-5 bar lag)
- **Swing Trading:** Use structural flow (10-20 bar lag)
- **Multi-Asset:** Compare flow between correlated assets
### The Tensor Field Expansion Strategy
**Field Mathematics:**
The tensor field expansion indicates mathematical pressure building in market structure:
**Expansion Phases:**
1. **Compression:** Field contracts, volatility decreases
2. **Tension Building:** Mathematical pressure accumulates
3. **Expansion:** Field expands rapidly with directional movement
4. **Resolution:** Field stabilizes at new equilibrium
**Trading Applications:**
- **Compression Trading:** Prepare for breakout during field contraction
- **Expansion Following:** Trade direction of field expansion
- **Reversion Trading:** Fade extreme field expansion
- **Multi-Dimensional:** Consider all field layers for confirmation
### The Hawkes Process Event Strategy
**Self-Exciting Jump Trading:**
Understanding that market shocks cluster and create follow-on opportunities:
**Jump Sequence Analysis:**
1. **Initial Jump:** First volatility jump detected
2. **Clustering Phase:** Hawkes intensity remains elevated
3. **Follow-On Opportunities:** Additional jumps more likely
4. **Decay Period:** Intensity gradually decreases
**Implementation:**
- **Jump Confirmation:** Wait for mathematical jump confirmation
- **Direction Assessment:** Use other components for direction
- **Clustering Trades:** Trade subsequent moves during high intensity
- **Decay Exit:** Exit positions as Hawkes intensity decays
### The Fractal Confluence System
**Multi-Timeframe Fractal Analysis:**
Combining fractal levels across different periods for high-probability zones:
**Confluence Zones:**
- **Double Confluence:** 2 fractal levels align
- **Triple Confluence:** 3+ fractal levels cluster
- **Mathematical Confirmation:** Tensor field supports the level
- **Information Flow:** Transfer entropy confirms direction
**Trading Protocol:**
1. **Identify Confluence:** Find 2+ fractal levels within 1 ATR
2. **Mathematical Support:** Verify tensor field alignment
3. **Signal Quality:** Wait for STRONG or ELITE signal
4. **Risk Definition:** Use fractal level for stop placement
5. **Profit Targeting:** Next major fractal confluence zone
---
## ⚠️ COMPREHENSIVE RISK MANAGEMENT
### Mathematical Position Sizing
**Mahalanobis Distance Integration:**
Position size should inversely correlate with mathematical field strength:
```
Position Size = Base Size × (Threshold / Mahalanobis Distance)
```
**Risk Scaling Matrix:**
- **Low Field Strength (<2.0):** Standard position sizing
- **Moderate Field Strength (2.0-3.0):** 75% position sizing
- **High Field Strength (3.0-4.0):** 50% position sizing
- **Extreme Field Strength (>4.0):** 25% position sizing or no trade
### Signal Quality Risk Adjustment
**Quality-Based Position Sizing:**
- **ELITE Signals:** 100% of planned position size
- **STRONG Signals:** 75% of planned position size
- **GOOD Signals:** 50% of planned position size
- **WEAK Signals:** No position or paper trading only
**Component Agreement Scaling:**
- **3/3 Components:** Full position size
- **2/3 Components:** 75% position size
- **1/3 Components:** 50% position size or skip trade
### Regime-Adaptive Risk Management
**Trending Market Risk:**
- **Wider Stops:** Allow for trend continuation
- **Trend Following:** Trade with regime direction
- **Higher Position Size:** Trend probability advantage
- **Momentum Stops:** Trail stops based on momentum indicators
**Mean-Reverting Market Risk:**
- **Tighter Stops:** Quick exits on trend continuation
- **Contrarian Positioning:** Trade against extremes
- **Smaller Position Size:** Higher reversal failure rate
- **Level-Based Stops:** Use fractal levels for stops
**Random Market Risk:**
- **Breakout Focus:** Trade only clear breakouts
- **Tight Initial Stops:** Quick exit if breakout fails
- **Reduced Frequency:** Skip marginal setups
- **Range-Based Targets:** Profit targets at range boundaries
### Volatility-Adaptive Risk Controls
**High Volatility Periods:**
- **Reduced Position Size:** Account for wider price swings
- **Wider Stops:** Avoid noise-based exits
- **Lower Frequency:** Skip marginal setups
- **Faster Exits:** Take profits more quickly
**Low Volatility Periods:**
- **Standard Position Size:** Normal risk parameters
- **Tighter Stops:** Take advantage of compressed ranges
- **Higher Frequency:** Trade more setups
- **Extended Targets:** Allow for compressed volatility expansion
### Multi-Timeframe Risk Alignment
**Higher Timeframe Trend:**
- **With Trend:** Standard or increased position size
- **Against Trend:** Reduced position size or skip
- **Neutral Trend:** Standard position size with tight management
**Risk Hierarchy:**
1. **Primary:** Current timeframe signal quality
2. **Secondary:** Higher timeframe trend alignment
3. **Tertiary:** Mathematical field strength
4. **Quaternary:** Market regime classification
---
## 📚 EDUCATIONAL VALUE AND MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS
### Advanced Mathematical Concepts
**Tensor Analysis in Markets:**
The TMAE introduces traders to tensor analysis, a branch of mathematics typically reserved for physics and advanced engineering. Tensors provide a framework for understanding multi-dimensional market relationships that scalar and vector analysis cannot capture.
**Information Theory Applications:**
Transfer entropy implementation teaches traders about information flow in markets, a concept from information theory that quantifies directional causality between variables. This provides intuition about market microstructure and participant behavior.
**Fractal Geometry in Trading:**
The Hurst exponent calculation exposes traders to fractal geometry concepts, helping understand that markets exhibit self-similar patterns across multiple timeframes. This mathematical insight transforms how traders view market structure.
**Stochastic Process Theory:**
The Hawkes process implementation introduces concepts from stochastic process theory, specifically self-exciting point processes. This provides mathematical framework for understanding why market events cluster and exhibit memory effects.
### Learning Progressive Complexity
**Beginner Mathematical Concepts:**
- **Volatility Dimensions:** Understanding multi-dimensional analysis
- **Regime Classification:** Learning market personality types
- **Signal Democracy:** Algorithmic consensus building
- **Visual Mathematics:** Interpreting mathematical concepts visually
**Intermediate Mathematical Applications:**
- **Mahalanobis Distance:** Statistical distance in multi-dimensional space
- **Rescaled Range Analysis:** Fractal dimension measurement
- **Information Entropy:** Quantifying uncertainty and causality
- **Field Theory:** Understanding mathematical fields in market context
**Advanced Mathematical Integration:**
- **Tensor Field Dynamics:** Multi-dimensional market force analysis
- **Stochastic Self-Excitation:** Event clustering and memory effects
- **Categorical Composition:** Mathematical signal combination theory
- **Topological Market Analysis:** Understanding market shape and connectivity
### Practical Mathematical Intuition
**Developing Market Mathematics Intuition:**
The TMAE serves as a bridge between abstract mathematical concepts and practical trading applications. Traders develop intuitive understanding of:
- **How markets exhibit mathematical structure beneath apparent randomness**
- **Why multi-dimensional analysis reveals patterns invisible to single-variable approaches**
- **How information flows through markets in measurable, predictable ways**
- **Why mathematical models provide probabilistic edges rather than certainties**
---
## 🔬 IMPLEMENTATION AND OPTIMIZATION
### Getting Started Protocol
**Phase 1: Observation (Week 1)**
1. **Apply with defaults:** Use standard settings on your primary trading timeframe
2. **Study visual elements:** Learn to interpret tensor fields, portals, and streams
3. **Monitor dashboard:** Observe how metrics change with market conditions
4. **No trading:** Focus entirely on pattern recognition and understanding
**Phase 2: Pattern Recognition (Week 2-3)**
1. **Identify signal patterns:** Note what market conditions produce different signal qualities
2. **Regime correlation:** Observe how Hurst regimes affect signal performance
3. **Visual confirmation:** Learn to read tensor field expansion and portal signals
4. **Component analysis:** Understand which components drive signals in different markets
**Phase 3: Parameter Optimization (Week 4-5)**
1. **Asset-specific tuning:** Adjust parameters for your specific trading instrument
2. **Timeframe optimization:** Fine-tune for your preferred trading timeframe
3. **Sensitivity adjustment:** Balance signal frequency with quality
4. **Visual customization:** Optimize colors and intensity for your trading environment
**Phase 4: Live Implementation (Week 6+)**
1. **Paper trading:** Test signals with hypothetical trades
2. **Small position sizing:** Begin with minimal risk during learning phase
3. **Performance tracking:** Monitor actual vs. expected signal performance
4. **Continuous optimization:** Refine settings based on real performance data
### Performance Monitoring System
**Signal Quality Tracking:**
- **ELITE Signal Win Rate:** Track highest quality signals separately
- **Component Performance:** Monitor which components provide best signals
- **Regime Performance:** Analyze performance across different market regimes
- **Timeframe Analysis:** Compare performance across different session times
**Mathematical Metric Correlation:**
- **Field Strength vs. Performance:** Higher field strength should correlate with better performance
- **Component Agreement vs. Win Rate:** More component agreement should improve win rates
- **Regime Alignment vs. Success:** Trading with mathematical regime should outperform
### Continuous Optimization Process
**Monthly Review Protocol:**
1. **Performance Analysis:** Review win rates, profit factors, and maximum drawdown
2. **Parameter Assessment:** Evaluate if current settings remain optimal
3. **Market Adaptation:** Adjust for changes in market character or volatility
4. **Component Weighting:** Consider if certain components should receive more/less emphasis
**Quarterly Deep Analysis:**
1. **Mathematical Model Validation:** Verify that mathematical relationships remain valid
2. **Regime Distribution:** Analyze time spent in different market regimes
3. **Signal Evolution:** Track how signal characteristics change over time
4. **Correlation Analysis:** Monitor correlations between different mathematical components
---
## 🌟 UNIQUE INNOVATIONS AND CONTRIBUTIONS
### Revolutionary Mathematical Integration
**First-Ever Implementations:**
1. **Multi-Dimensional Volatility Tensor:** First indicator to implement true tensor analysis for market volatility
2. **Real-Time Hawkes Process:** First trading implementation of self-exciting point processes
3. **Transfer Entropy Trading Signals:** First practical application of information theory for trade generation
4. **Democratic Component Voting:** First algorithmic consensus system for signal generation
5. **Fractal-Projected Signal Quality:** First system to predict signal quality at future price levels
### Advanced Visualization Innovations
**Mathematical Visualization Breakthroughs:**
- **Tensor Field Radiation:** Visual representation of mathematical field energy
- **Dimensional Portal System:** Category theory visualization for regime transitions
- **Information Flow Streams:** Real-time visual display of market information transfer
- **Multi-Layer Fractal Grid:** Intelligent spacing and projection system
- **Regime Intensity Mapping:** Dynamic background showing mathematical regime strength
### Practical Trading Innovations
**Trading System Advances:**
- **Quality-Weighted Signal Generation:** Signals rated by mathematical confidence
- **Regime-Adaptive Strategy Selection:** Automatic strategy optimization based on market personality
- **Anti-Spam Signal Protection:** Mathematical prevention of signal clustering
- **Component Performance Tracking:** Real-time monitoring of algorithmic component success
- **Field-Strength Position Sizing:** Mathematical volatility integration for risk management
---
## ⚖️ RESPONSIBLE USAGE AND LIMITATIONS
### Mathematical Model Limitations
**Understanding Model Boundaries:**
While the TMAE implements sophisticated mathematical concepts, traders must understand fundamental limitations:
- **Markets Are Not Purely Mathematical:** Human psychology, news events, and fundamental factors create unpredictable elements
- **Past Performance Limitations:** Mathematical relationships that worked historically may not persist indefinitely
- **Model Risk:** Complex models can fail during unprecedented market conditions
- **Overfitting Potential:** Highly optimized parameters may not generalize to future market conditions
### Proper Implementation Guidelines
**Risk Management Requirements:**
- **Never Risk More Than 2% Per Trade:** Regardless of signal quality
- **Diversification Mandatory:** Don't rely solely on mathematical signals
- **Position Sizing Discipline:** Use mathematical field strength for sizing, not confidence
- **Stop Loss Non-Negotiable:** Every trade must have predefined risk parameters
**Realistic Expectations:**
- **Mathematical Edge, Not Certainty:** The indicator provides probabilistic advantages, not guaranteed outcomes
- **Learning Curve Required:** Complex mathematical concepts require time to master
- **Market Adaptation Necessary:** Parameters must evolve with changing market conditions
- **Continuous Education Important:** Understanding underlying mathematics improves application
### Ethical Trading Considerations
**Market Impact Awareness:**
- **Information Asymmetry:** Advanced mathematical analysis may provide advantages over other market participants
- **Position Size Responsibility:** Large positions based on mathematical signals can impact market structure
- **Sharing Knowledge:** Consider educational contributions to trading community
- **Fair Market Participation:** Use mathematical advantages responsibly within market framework
### Professional Development Path
**Skill Development Sequence:**
1. **Basic Mathematical Literacy:** Understand fundamental concepts before advanced application
2. **Risk Management Mastery:** Develop disciplined risk control before relying on complex signals
3. **Market Psychology Understanding:** Combine mathematical analysis with behavioral market insights
4. **Continuous Learning:** Stay updated on mathematical finance developments and market evolution
---
## 🔮 CONCLUSION
The Tensor Market Analysis Engine represents a quantum leap forward in technical analysis, successfully bridging the gap between advanced pure mathematics and practical trading applications. By integrating multi-dimensional volatility analysis, fractal market theory, and information flow dynamics, the TMAE reveals market structure invisible to conventional analysis while maintaining visual clarity and practical usability.
### Mathematical Innovation Legacy
This indicator establishes new paradigms in technical analysis:
- **Tensor analysis for market volatility understanding**
- **Stochastic self-excitation for event clustering prediction**
- **Information theory for causality-based trade generation**
- **Democratic algorithmic consensus for signal quality enhancement**
- **Mathematical field visualization for intuitive market understanding**
### Practical Trading Revolution
Beyond mathematical innovation, the TMAE transforms practical trading:
- **Quality-rated signals replace binary buy/sell decisions**
- **Regime-adaptive strategies automatically optimize for market personality**
- **Multi-dimensional risk management integrates mathematical volatility measures**
- **Visual mathematical concepts make complex analysis immediately interpretable**
- **Educational value creates lasting improvement in trading understanding**
### Future-Proof Design
The mathematical foundations ensure lasting relevance:
- **Universal mathematical principles transcend market evolution**
- **Multi-dimensional analysis adapts to new market structures**
- **Regime detection automatically adjusts to changing market personalities**
- **Component democracy allows for future algorithmic additions**
- **Mathematical visualization scales with increasing market complexity**
### Commitment to Excellence
The TMAE represents more than an indicator—it embodies a philosophy of bringing rigorous mathematical analysis to trading while maintaining practical utility and visual elegance. Every component, from the multi-dimensional tensor fields to the democratic signal generation, reflects a commitment to mathematical accuracy, trading practicality, and educational value.
### Trading with Mathematical Precision
In an era where markets grow increasingly complex and computational, the TMAE provides traders with mathematical tools previously available only to institutional quantitative research teams. Yet unlike academic mathematical models, the TMAE translates complex concepts into intuitive visual representations and practical trading signals.
By combining the mathematical rigor of tensor analysis, the statistical power of multi-dimensional volatility modeling, and the information-theoretic insights of transfer entropy, traders gain unprecedented insight into market structure and dynamics.
### Final Perspective
Markets, like nature, exhibit profound mathematical beauty beneath apparent chaos. The Tensor Market Analysis Engine serves as a mathematical lens that reveals this hidden order, transforming how traders perceive and interact with market structure.
Through mathematical precision, visual elegance, and practical utility, the TMAE empowers traders to see beyond the noise and trade with the confidence that comes from understanding the mathematical principles governing market behavior.
Trade with mathematical insight. Trade with the power of tensors. Trade with the TMAE.
*"In mathematics, you don't understand things. You just get used to them." - John von Neumann*
*With the TMAE, mathematical market understanding becomes not just possible, but intuitive.*
— Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Every Hour 1st/Last FVG vTDL OVERVIEW - Shoutout to Micheal J. Huddleston aka ICT
This indicator identifies the first Fair Value Gap (FVG) that forms within each trading hour, providing traders with potential entry zones, reversal points, and unmitigated gap targets. Based on the concept that the first presented FVG of each hour represents a significant price delivery array where institutional order flow occurred.
The indicator detects FVGs on a lower timeframe (1-minute default) and displays them as boxes on your chart, tracking which gaps get filled and which remain open as potential draw-on-liquidity targets.
WHAT IS A FAIR VALUE GAP
A Fair Value Gap is a 3-candle price pattern representing an imbalance between buyers and sellers:
Bullish FVG: Forms when candle 3's low is above candle 1's high, leaving a gap
Bearish FVG: Forms when candle 3's high is below candle 1's low, leaving a gap
These gaps often act as magnets for price, which tends to return and "fill" the imbalance before continuing. They function as dynamic support and resistance zones.
KEY FEATURES
Detection Types
FVG: Standard fair value gap detection with volume imbalance expansion
Suspension FVG Blocks: Requires outside prints on both sides for more refined signals
Hourly Display Modes
First Only: Shows whichever FVG appears first each hour (bullish or bearish)
Show Both: Shows first bullish AND first bearish FVG independently each hour
Last FVG Tracking
Optionally display the last FVG of each hour
Useful for comparing how the hour developed
Can extend into the next hour for continued tracking
Breakaway Gap Detection
Gaps not traded into during their formation hour extend forward
Extended gaps display labels showing formation time and date
These unmitigated gaps become price targets and reversal zones
Gap Fill Modes
Touch Box: Marks filled when price enters the gap
Touch Midpoint: Marks filled when price reaches the 50 percent level
Fill Completely: Marks filled when price fills the entire gap with visual progress
HOW TO USE
Entry Points
The first FVG of each hour provides potential entry zones based on price reaction:
When price returns to an FVG and shows rejection, enter in the direction of rejection
The gap zone represents where institutional orders likely reside
Use the boundaries of the gap for stop loss placement
A clean rejection of the zone confirms it as valid support or resistance
Reversal Points
Unmitigated gaps that extend beyond their formation hour are high-probability reaction zones:
Extended boxes with labels indicate unfilled gaps
When price finally reaches these zones, expect a reaction
The longer a gap remains unfilled, the stronger the expected response
These zones act as magnets drawing price back to them
Price Targets
Use unmitigated gaps as draw-on-liquidity targets:
Look for extended boxes above or below current price
Price tends to seek out and fill imbalances
The midpoint line often serves as a minimum target
Multiple unfilled gaps in one direction suggest strong momentum potential
FRAMING DIRECTIONAL BIAS
The first presented FVG of each hour acts as a support or resistance zone. The direction of the FVG itself does not determine bias - it is how price reacts to that FVG that reveals the true market intention.
Reading Price Reaction
Price respects a bullish FVG as support and bounces higher = bullish bias confirmed
Price respects a bearish FVG as resistance and rejects lower = bearish bias confirmed
Price fails to hold a bullish FVG and breaks through = potential inversion, look for shorts
Price fails to hold a bearish FVG and breaks through = potential inversion, look for longs
Inversion Fair Value Gaps (IFVG)
When price trades through an FVG and closes beyond it, that gap can invert its role:
A bullish FVG that fails becomes resistance - use it as a short entry zone
A bearish FVG that fails becomes support - use it as a long entry zone
The inversion signals a shift in control from one side to the other
Watch for price to retest the inverted gap before continuing
Support and Resistance Framework
Think of each hourly first FVG as a key level:
Price above the FVG: the gap acts as potential support
Price below the FVG: the gap acts as potential resistance
Watch how price behaves when it returns to the gap zone
A clean rejection confirms the level; a break through signals inversion
SHORT-TERM SCALPING APPLICATION
These FVGs provide scalping opportunities each hour:
Identify the first FVG of the hour as your key level
Wait for price to trade away from it and return
Observe the reaction at the gap zone
Enter in the direction of the reaction with tight risk
Target the next FVG, midpoint, or nearby liquidity
Trade Management
Use the opposite side of the FVG box as your stop loss zone
The midpoint of the gap often provides first target or decision point
Scale out at nearby unmitigated gaps or key levels
If the gap inverts, flip your bias and look for entries in the new direction
MULTI-HOUR CONTEXT
If price consistently respects FVGs as support across hours = uptrend context
If price consistently respects FVGs as resistance across hours = downtrend context
If FVGs keep inverting = choppy or transitional market
Use higher timeframe direction to filter which reactions to trade
Compare first and last FVG of each hour to see how momentum developed
SESSION FILTERING
The indicator automatically excludes unreliable periods:
4 PM to 5 PM New York time (market close hours 16-17)
Weekend closed periods (Saturday and Sunday before 6 PM)
All timestamps use New York timezone for consistency with futures market hours.
SETTINGS GUIDE
Detection Settings
Detection Type: Choose between standard FVG or Suspension FVG Blocks
Lower Timeframe: 15 seconds, 1 minute, or 5 minutes for gap detection
Min FVG Size: Minimum gap size in ticks to filter noise
Display Settings
Hourly Display Mode: First Only shows one gap per hour; Show Both shows first bull and bear
Show First FVG: Toggle visibility of first FVG boxes
Show Last FVG: Toggle visibility of last FVG boxes
Show Midpoint Lines: Display the 50 percent level of each gap
Show Unfilled Breakaway Gaps: Extend boxes until price fills them
Show Only Today: Reduce clutter by hiding older hourly boxes
Gap Fill Detection Mode
Touch Box: Gap marked filled when price enters the zone
Touch Midpoint: Gap marked filled when price reaches 50 percent level
Fill Completely: Gap marked filled only when fully closed, shows visual fill progress
Recommended Settings by Style
Scalping: 1 minute LTF, 4 tick minimum, Show Both mode, Touch Box fill
Day Trading: 1 minute LTF, 4-8 tick minimum, First Only mode, Touch Midpoint fill
Swing Context: 5 minute LTF, Show Unfilled Gaps enabled, Fill Completely mode
COLOR CODING
Blue boxes: First bullish FVG of the hour
Red boxes: First bearish FVG of the hour
Green boxes: Last bullish FVG of the hour
Orange boxes: Last bearish FVG of the hour
Black midpoint lines: 50 percent level of each gap
Filled portion overlay: Shows visual progress in Fill Completely mode
All colors are fully customizable in the settings menu.
PRACTICAL TIPS
The first FVG of each hour is a hidden PD array - treat it as a significant level
Not every gap produces a tradeable reaction - wait for confirmation
Gaps that remain unfilled for multiple hours carry more weight
Use the Show Both mode to see both bullish and bearish opportunities each hour
When multiple gaps cluster in one zone, that area becomes even more significant
Inversions are powerful signals - a failed level often leads to acceleration
NOTES
Works on any instrument and timeframe
Best used on intraday charts (1 minute to 15 minute) viewing 1 minute LTF gaps
Combine with higher timeframe analysis for confluence
These are probability zones, not guarantees - always use proper risk management
The indicator handles HTF to LTF data fetching automatically
Market Electromagnetic Field [The_lurker]Market Electromagnetic Field
An innovative analytical indicator that presents a completely new model for understanding market dynamics, inspired by the laws of electromagnetic physics — but it's not a rhetorical metaphor, rather a complete mathematical system.
Unlike traditional indicators that focus on price or momentum, this indicator portrays the market as a closed physical system, where:
⚡ Candles = Electric charges (positive at bullish close, negative at bearish)
⚡ Buyers and Sellers = Two opposing poles where pressure accumulates
⚡ Market tension = Voltage difference between the poles
⚡ Price breakout = Electrical discharge after sufficient energy accumulation
█ Core Concept
Markets don't move randomly, but follow a clear physical cycle:
Accumulation → Tension → Discharge → Stabilization → New Accumulation
When charges accumulate (through strong candles with high volume) and exceed a certain "electrical capacitance" threshold, the indicator issues a "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT" alert — meaning a price explosion is imminent, giving the trader an opportunity to enter before the move begins.
█ Competitive Advantage
- Predictive forecasting (not confirmatory after the event)
- Smart multi-layer filtering reduces false signals
- Animated 3D visual representation makes reading price conditions instant and intuitive — without need for number analysis
█ Theoretical Physical Foundation
The indicator doesn't use physical terms for decoration, but applies mathematical laws with precise market adjustments:
⚡ Coulomb's Law
Physics: F = k × (q₁ × q₂) / r²
Market: Field Intensity = 4 × norm_positive × norm_negative
Peaks at equilibrium (0.5 × 0.5 × 4 = 1.0), and decreases at dominance — because conflict increases at parity.
⚡ Ohm's Law
Physics: V = I × R
Market: Voltage = norm_positive − norm_negative
Measures balance of power:
- +1 = Absolute buying dominance
- −1 = Absolute selling dominance
- 0 = Balance
⚡ Capacitance
Physics: C = Q / V
Market: Capacitance = |Voltage| × Field Intensity
Represents stored energy ready for discharge — increases with bias combined with high interaction.
⚡ Electrical Discharge
Physics: Occurs when exceeding insulation threshold
Market: Discharge Probability = min(Capacitance / Discharge Threshold, 1.0)
When ≥ 0.9: "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT"
📌 Key Note:
Maximum capacitance doesn't occur at absolute dominance (where field intensity = 0), nor at perfect balance (where voltage = 0), but at moderate bias (±30–50%) with high interaction (field intensity > 25%) — i.e., in moments of "pressure before breakout".
█ Detailed Calculation Mechanism
⚡ Phase 1: Candle Polarity
polarity = (close − open) / (high − low)
- +1.0: Complete bullish candle (Bullish Marubozu)
- −1.0: Complete bearish candle (Bearish Marubozu)
- 0.0: Doji (no decision)
- Intermediate values: Represent the ratio of candle body to its range — reducing the effect of long-shadow candles
⚡ Phase 2: Volume Weight
vol_weight = volume / SMA(volume, lookback)
A candle with 150% of average volume = 1.5x stronger charge
⚡ Phase 3: Adaptive Factor
adaptive_factor = ATR(lookback) / SMA(ATR, lookback × 2)
- In volatile markets: Increases sensitivity
- In quiet markets: Reduces noise
- Always recommended to keep it enabled
⚡ Phase 4–6: Charge Accumulation and Normalization
Charges are summed over lookback candles, then ratios are normalized:
norm_positive = positive_charge / total_charge
norm_negative = negative_charge / total_charge
So that: norm_positive + norm_negative = 1 — for easier comparison
⚡ Phase 7: Field Calculations
voltage = norm_positive − norm_negative
field_intensity = 4 × norm_positive × norm_negative × field_sensitivity
capacitance = |voltage| × field_intensity
discharge_prob = min(capacitance / discharge_threshold, 1.0)
█ Settings
⚡ Electromagnetic Model
Lookback Period
- Default: 20
- Range: 5–100
- Recommendations:
- Scalping: 10–15
- Day Trading: 20
- Swing: 30–50
- Investing: 50–100
Discharge Threshold
- Default: 0.7
- Range: 0.3–0.95
- Recommendations:
- Speed + Noise: 0.5–0.6
- Balance: 0.7
- High Accuracy: 0.8–0.95
Field Sensitivity
- Default: 1.0
- Range: 0.5–2.0
- Recommendations:
- Amplify Conflict: 1.2–1.5
- Natural: 1.0
- Calm: 0.5–0.8
Adaptive Mode
- Default: Enabled
- Always keep it enabled
🔬 Dynamic Filters
All enabled filters must pass for discharge signal to appear.
Volume Filter
- Condition: volume > SMA(volume) × vol_multiplier
- Function: Excludes "weak" candles not supported by volume
- Recommendation: Enabled (especially for stocks and forex)
Volatility Filter
- Condition: STDEV > SMA(STDEV) × 0.5
- Function: Ignores sideways stagnation periods
- Recommendation: Always enabled
Trend Filter
- Condition: Voltage alignment with fast/slow EMA
- Function: Reduces counter-trend signals
- Recommendation: Enabled for swing/investing only
Volume Threshold
- Default: 1.2
- Recommendations:
- 1.0–1.2: High sensitivity
- 1.5–2.0: Exclusive to high volume
🎨 Visual Settings
Settings improve visual reading experience — don't affect calculations.
Scale Factor
- Default: 600
- Higher = Larger scene (200–1200)
Horizontal Shift
- Default: 180
- Horizontal shift to the left — to focus on last candle
Pole Size
- Default: 60
- Base sphere size (30–120)
Field Lines
- Default: 8
- Number of field lines (4–16) — 8 is ideal balance
Colors
- Green/Red/Blue/Orange
- Fully customizable
█ Visual Representation: A Visual Language for Diagnosing Price Conditions
✨ Design Philosophy
The representation isn't "decoration", but a complete cognitive model — each element carries information, and element interaction tells a complete story.
The brain perceives changes in size, color, and movement 60,000 times faster than reading numbers — so you can "sense" the change before your eye finishes scanning.
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🟢 Positive Pole (Green Sphere — Left)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
What does it represent?
Active buying pressure accumulation — not just an uptrend, but real demand force supported by volume and volatility.
● Dynamic Size
Size = pole_size × (0.7 + norm_positive × 0.6)
- 70% of base size = No significant charge
- 130% of base size = Complete dominance
- The larger the sphere: Greater buyer dominance, higher probability of bullish continuation
Size Interpretation:
- Large sphere (>55%): Strong buying pressure — Buyers dominate
- Medium sphere (45–55%): Relative balance with buying bias
- Small sphere (<45%): Weak buying pressure — Sellers dominate
● Lighting and Transparency
- 20% transparency (when Bias = +1): Pole currently active — Bullish direction
- 50% transparency (when Bias ≠ +1): Pole inactive — Not the prevailing direction
Lighting = Current activity, while Size = Historical accumulation
● Pulsing Inner Glow
A smaller sphere pulses automatically when Bias = +1:
inner_pulse = 0.4 + 0.1 × sin(anim_time × 3)
Symbolizes continuity of buy order flow — not static dominance.
● Orbital Rings
Two rings rotating at different speeds and directions:
- Inner: 1.3× sphere size — Direct influence range
- Outer: 1.6× sphere size — Extended influence range
Represent "influence zone" of buyers:
- Continuous rotation = Stability and momentum
- Slowdown = Momentum exhaustion
● Percentage
Displayed below sphere: norm_positive × 100
- >55% = Clear dominance
- 45–55% = Balance
- <45% = Weakness
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🔴 Negative Pole (Red Sphere — Right)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
What does it represent?
Active selling pressure accumulation — whether cumulative selling (smart distribution) or panic selling (position liquidation).
● Visual Dynamics
Same size, lighting, and inner glow mechanism — but in red.
Key Difference:
- Rotation is reversed (counter-clockwise)
- Visually distinguishes "buy flow" from "sell flow"
- Allows reading direction at a glance — even for colorblind users
📌 Pole Reading Summary:
🟢 Large + Bright green sphere = Active buying force
🔴 Large + Bright red sphere = Active selling force
🟢🔴 Both large but dim = Energy accumulation (before discharge)
⚪ Both small = Stagnation / Low liquidity
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🔵 Field Lines (Curved Blue Lines)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
What do they represent?
Energy flow paths between poles — the arena where price battle is fought.
● Number of Lines
4–16 lines (Default: 8)
More lines: Greater sense of "interaction density"
● Arc Height
arc_h = (i − half_lines) × 15 × field_intensity × 2
- High field intensity = Highly elevated lines (like waves)
- Low intensity = Nearly straight lines
● Oscillating Transparency
transp = 30 + phase × 40
where phase = sin(anim_time × 2 + i × 0.5) × 0.5 + 0.5
Creates illusion of "flowing current" — not static lines
● Asymmetric Curvature
- Upper lines curve upward
- Lower lines curve downward
- Adds 3D depth and shows "pressure" direction
⚡ Pro Tip:
When you see lines suddenly "contract" (straighten), while both spheres are large — this is an early indicator of impending discharge, because the interaction is losing its flexibility.
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
⚪ Moving Particles
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
What do they represent?
Real liquidity flow in the market — who's driving price right now.
● Number and Movement
- 6 particles covering most field lines
- Move sinusoidally along the arc:
t = (sin(phase_val) + 1) / 2
- High speed = High trading activity
- Clustering at a pole = That side's control
● Color Gradient
From green (at positive pole) to red (at negative)
Shows "energy transformation":
- Green particle = Pure buying energy
- Orange particle = Conflict zone
- Red particle = Pure selling energy
📌 How to Read Them?
- Moving left to right (🟢 → 🔴): Buy flow → Bullish push
- Moving right to left (🔴 → 🟢): Sell flow → Bearish push
- Clustered in middle: Balanced conflict — Wait for breakout
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🟠 Discharge Zone (Orange Glow — Center)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
What does it represent?
Point of stored energy accumulation not yet discharged — heart of the early warning system.
● Glow Stages
Initial Warning (discharge_prob > 0.3):
- Dim orange circle (70% transparency)
- Meaning: Watch, don't enter yet
High Tension (discharge_prob ≥ 0.7):
- Stronger glow + "⚠️ HIGH TENSION" text
- Meaning: Prepare — Set pending orders
Imminent Discharge (discharge_prob ≥ 0.9):
- Bright glow + "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT" text
- Meaning: Enter with direction (after candle confirmation)
● Layered Glow Effect (Glow Layering)
3 concentric circles with increasing transparency:
- Inner: 20%
- Middle: 35%
- Outer: 50%
Result: Realistic aura resembling actual electrical discharge.
📌 Why in the Center?
Because discharge always starts from the relative balance zone — where opposing pressures meet.
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
📊 Voltage Meter (Bottom of Scene)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
What does it represent?
Simplified numeric indicator of voltage difference — for those who prefer numerical reading.
● Components
- Gray bar: Full range (−100% to +100%)
- Green fill: Positive voltage (extends right)
- Red fill: Negative voltage (extends left)
- Lightning symbol (⚡): Above center — reminder it's an "electrical gauge"
- Text value: Like "+23.4%" — in direction color
● Voltage Reading Interpretation
+50% to +100%:
Overwhelming buying dominance — Beware of saturation, may precede correction
+20% to +50%:
Strong buying dominance — Suitable for buying with trend
+5% to +20%:
Slight bullish bias — Wait for additional confirmation
−5% to +5%:
Balance/Neutral — Avoid entry or wait for breakout
−5% to −20%:
Slight bearish bias — Wait for confirmation
−20% to −50%:
Strong selling dominance — Suitable for selling with trend
−50% to −100%:
Overwhelming selling dominance — Beware of saturation, may precede bounce
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
📈 Field Strength Indicator (Top of Scene)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
What it displays: "Field: XX.X%"
Meaning: Strength of conflict between buyers and sellers.
● Reading Interpretation
0–5%:
- Appearance: Nearly straight lines, transparent
- Meaning: Complete control by one side
- Strategy: Trend Following
5–15%:
- Appearance: Slight curvature
- Meaning: Clear direction with light resistance
- Strategy: Enter with trend
15–25%:
- Appearance: Medium curvature, clear lines
- Meaning: Balanced conflict
- Strategy: Range trading or waiting
25–35%:
- Appearance: High curvature, clear density
- Meaning: Strong conflict, high uncertainty
- Strategy: Volatility trading or prepare for discharge
35%+:
- Appearance: Very high lines, strong glow
- Meaning: Peak tension
- Strategy: Best discharge opportunities
📌 Golden Relationship:
Highest discharge probability when:
Field Strength (25–35%) + Voltage (±30–50%) + High Volume
← This is the "red zone" to monitor carefully.
█ Comprehensive Visual Reading
To read market condition at a glance, follow this sequence:
Step 1: Which sphere is larger?
- 🟢 Green larger ← Dominant buying pressure
- 🔴 Red larger ← Dominant selling pressure
- Equal ← Balance/Conflict
Step 2: Which sphere is bright?
- 🟢 Green bright ← Current bullish direction
- 🔴 Red bright ← Current bearish direction
- Both dim ← Neutral/No clear direction
Step 3: Is there orange glow?
- None ← Discharge probability <30%
- 🟠 Dim glow ← Discharge probability 30–70%
- 🟠 Strong glow with text ← Discharge probability >70%
Step 4: What's the voltage meter reading?
- Strong positive ← Confirms buying dominance
- Strong negative ← Confirms selling dominance
- Near zero ← No clear direction
█ Practical Visual Reading Examples
Example 1: Ideal Buy Opportunity ⚡🟢
- Green sphere: Large and bright with inner pulse
- Red sphere: Small and dim
- Orange glow: Strong with "DISCHARGE IMMINENT" text
- Voltage meter: +45%
- Field strength: 28%
Interpretation: Strong accumulated buying pressure, bullish explosion imminent
Example 2: Ideal Sell Opportunity ⚡🔴
- Green sphere: Small and dim
- Red sphere: Large and bright with inner pulse
- Orange glow: Strong with "DISCHARGE IMMINENT" text
- Voltage meter: −52%
- Field strength: 31%
Interpretation: Strong accumulated selling pressure, bearish explosion imminent
Example 3: Balance/Wait ⚖️
- Both spheres: Approximately equal in size
- Lighting: Both dim
- Orange glow: Strong
- Voltage meter: +3%
- Field strength: 24%
Interpretation: Strong conflict without clear winner, wait for breakout
Example 4: Clear Uptrend (No Discharge) 📈
- Green sphere: Large and bright
- Red sphere: Very small and dim
- Orange glow: None
- Voltage meter: +68%
- Field strength: 8%
Interpretation: Clear buying control, limited conflict, suitable for following bullish trend
Example 5: Potential Buying Saturation ⚠️
- Green sphere: Very large and bright
- Red sphere: Very small
- Orange glow: Dim
- Voltage meter: +88%
- Field strength: 4%
Interpretation: Absolute buying dominance, may precede bearish correction
█ Trading Signals
⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT
Appearance Conditions:
- discharge_prob ≥ 0.9
- All enabled filters passed
- Confirmed (after candle close)
Interpretation:
- Very large energy accumulation
- Pressure reached critical level
- Price explosion expected within 1–3 candles
How to Trade:
1. Determine voltage direction:
• Positive = Expect rise
• Negative = Expect fall
2. Wait for confirmation candle:
• For rise: Bullish candle closing above its open
• For fall: Bearish candle closing below its open
3. Entry: With next candle's open
4. Stop Loss: Behind last local low/high
5. Target: Risk/Reward ratio of at least 1:2
✅ Pro Tips:
- Best results when combined with support/resistance levels
- Avoid entry if voltage is near zero (±5%)
- Increase position size when field strength > 30%
⚠️ HIGH TENSION
Appearance Conditions:
- 0.7 ≤ discharge_prob < 0.9
Interpretation:
- Market in energy accumulation state
- Likely strong move soon, but not immediate
- Accumulation may continue or discharge may occur
How to Benefit:
- Prepare: Set pending orders at potential breakouts
- Monitor: Watch following candles for momentum candle
- Select: Don't enter every signal — choose those aligned with overall trend
█ Trading Strategies
📈 Strategy 1: Discharge Trading (Basic)
Principle: Enter at "DISCHARGE IMMINENT" in voltage direction
Steps:
1. Wait for "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT"
2. Check voltage direction (+/−)
3. Wait for confirmation candle in voltage direction
4. Enter with next candle's open
5. Stop loss behind last low/high
6. Target: 1:2 or 1:3 ratio
Very high success rate when following confirmation conditions.
📈 Strategy 2: Dominance Following
Principle: Trade with dominant pole (largest and brightest sphere)
Steps:
1. Identify dominant pole (largest and brightest)
2. Trade in its direction
3. Beware when sizes converge (conflict)
Suitable for higher timeframes (H1+).
📈 Strategy 3: Reversal Hunting
Principle: Counter-trend entry under certain conditions
Conditions:
- High field strength (>30%)
- Extreme voltage (>±40%)
- Divergence with price (e.g., new price high with declining voltage)
⚠️ High risk — Use small position size.
📈 Strategy 4: Integration with Technical Analysis
Strong Confirmation Examples:
- Resistance breakout + Bullish discharge = Excellent buy signal
- Support break + Bearish discharge = Excellent sell signal
- Head & Shoulders pattern + Increasing negative voltage = Pattern confirmation
- RSI divergence + High field strength = Potential reversal
█ Ready Alerts
Bullish Discharge
- Condition: discharge_prob ≥ 0.9 + Positive voltage + All filters
- Message: "⚡ Bullish discharge"
- Use: High probability buy opportunity
Bearish Discharge
- Condition: discharge_prob ≥ 0.9 + Negative voltage + All filters
- Message: "⚡ Bearish discharge"
- Use: High probability sell opportunity
✅ Tip: Use these alerts with "Once Per Bar" setting to avoid repetition.
█ Data Window Outputs
Bias
- Values: −1 / 0 / +1
- Interpretation: −1 = Bearish, 0 = Neutral, +1 = Bullish
- Use: For integration in automated strategies
Discharge %
- Range: 0–100%
- Interpretation: Discharge probability
- Use: Monitor tension progression (e.g., from 40% to 85% in 5 candles)
Field Strength
- Range: 0–100%
- Interpretation: Conflict intensity
- Use: Identify "opportunity window" (25–35% ideal for discharge)
Voltage
- Range: −100% to +100%
- Interpretation: Balance of power
- Use: Monitor extremes (potential buying/selling saturation)
█ Optimal Settings by Trading Style
Scalping
- Timeframe: 1M–5M
- Lookback: 10–15
- Threshold: 0.5–0.6
- Sensitivity: 1.2–1.5
- Filters: Volume + Volatility
Day Trading
- Timeframe: 15M–1H
- Lookback: 20
- Threshold: 0.7
- Sensitivity: 1.0
- Filters: Volume + Volatility
Swing Trading
- Timeframe: 4H–D1
- Lookback: 30–50
- Threshold: 0.8
- Sensitivity: 0.8
- Filters: Volatility + Trend
Position Trading
- Timeframe: D1–W1
- Lookback: 50–100
- Threshold: 0.85–0.95
- Sensitivity: 0.5–0.8
- Filters: All filters
█ Tips for Optimal Use
1. Start with Default Settings
Try it first as is, then adjust to your style.
2. Watch for Element Alignment
Best signals when:
- Clear voltage (>│20%│)
- Moderate–high field strength (15–35%)
- High discharge probability (>70%)
3. Use Multiple Timeframes
- Higher timeframe: Determine overall trend
- Lower timeframe: Time entry
- Ensure signal alignment between frames
4. Integrate with Other Tools
- Support/Resistance levels
- Trend lines
- Candle patterns
- Volume indicators
5. Respect Risk Management
- Don't risk more than 1–2% of account
- Always use stop loss
- Don't enter every signal — choose the best
█ Important Warnings
⚠️ Not for Standalone Use
The indicator is an analytical support tool — don't use it isolated from technical or fundamental analysis.
⚠️ Doesn't Predict the Future
Calculations are based on historical data — Results are not guaranteed.
⚠️ Markets Differ
You may need to adjust settings for each market:
- Forex: Focus on Volume Filter
- Stocks: Add Trend Filter
- Crypto: Lower Threshold slightly (more volatile)
⚠️ News and Events
The indicator doesn't account for sudden news — Avoid trading before/during major news.
█ Unique Features
✅ First Application of Electromagnetism to Markets
Innovative mathematical model — Not just an ordinary indicator
✅ Predictive Detection of Price Explosions
Alerts before the move happens — Not after
✅ Multi-Layer Filtering
4 smart filters reduce false signals to minimum
✅ Smart Volatility Adaptation
Automatically adjusts sensitivity based on market conditions
✅ Animated 3D Visual Representation
Makes reading instant — Even for beginners
✅ High Flexibility
Works on all assets: Stocks, Forex, Crypto, Commodities
✅ Built-in Ready Alerts
No complex setup needed — Ready for immediate use
█ Conclusion: When Art Meets Science
Market Electromagnetic Field is not just an indicator — but a new analytical philosophy.
It's the bridge between:
- Physics precision in describing dynamic systems
- Market intelligence in generating trading opportunities
- Visual psychology in facilitating instant reading
The result: A tool that isn't read — but watched, felt, and sensed.
When you see the green sphere expanding, the glow intensifying, and particles rushing rightward — you're not seeing numbers, you're seeing market energy breathing.
⚠️ Disclaimer:
This indicator is for educational and analytical purposes only. It does not constitute financial, investment, or trading advice. Use it in conjunction with your own strategy and risk management. Neither TradingView nor the developer is liable for any financial decisions or losses.
المجال الكهرومغناطيسي للسوق - Market Electromagnetic Field
مؤشر تحليلي مبتكر يقدّم نموذجًا جديدًا كليًّا لفهم ديناميكيات السوق، مستوحى من قوانين الفيزياء الكهرومغناطيسية — لكنه ليس استعارة بلاغية، بل نظام رياضي متكامل.
على عكس المؤشرات التقليدية التي تُركّز على السعر أو الزخم، يُصوّر هذا المؤشر السوق كـنظام فيزيائي مغلق، حيث:
⚡ الشموع = شحنات كهربائية (موجبة عند الإغلاق الصاعد، سالبة عند الهابط)
⚡ المشتريون والبائعون = قطبان متعاكسان يتراكم فيهما الضغط
⚡ التوتر السوقي = فرق جهد بين القطبين
⚡ الاختراق السعري = تفريغ كهربائي بعد تراكم طاقة كافية
█ الفكرة الجوهرية
الأسواق لا تتحرك عشوائيًّا، بل تخضع لدورة فيزيائية واضحة:
تراكم → توتر → تفريغ → استقرار → تراكم جديد
عندما تتراكم الشحنات (من خلال شموع قوية بحجم مرتفع) وتتجاوز "السعة الكهربائية" عتبة معيّنة، يُصدر المؤشر تنبيه "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT" — أي أن انفجارًا سعريًّا وشيكًا، مما يمنح المتداول فرصة الدخول قبل بدء الحركة.
█ الميزة التنافسية
- تنبؤ استباقي (ليس تأكيديًّا بعد الحدث)
- فلترة ذكية متعددة الطبقات تقلل الإشارات الكاذبة
- تمثيل بصري ثلاثي الأبعاد متحرك يجعل قراءة الحالة السعرية فورية وبديهية — دون حاجة لتحليل أرقام
█ الأساس النظري الفيزيائي
المؤشر لا يستخدم مصطلحات فيزيائية للزينة، بل يُطبّق القوانين الرياضية مع تعديلات سوقيّة دقيقة:
⚡ قانون كولوم (Coulomb's Law)
الفيزياء: F = k × (q₁ × q₂) / r²
السوق: شدة الحقل = 4 × norm_positive × norm_negative
تصل لذروتها عند التوازن (0.5 × 0.5 × 4 = 1.0)، وتنخفض عند الهيمنة — لأن الصراع يزداد عند التكافؤ.
⚡ قانون أوم (Ohm's Law)
الفيزياء: V = I × R
السوق: الجهد = norm_positive − norm_negative
يقيس ميزان القوى:
- +1 = هيمنة شرائية مطلقة
- −1 = هيمنة بيعية مطلقة
- 0 = توازن
⚡ السعة الكهربائية (Capacitance)
الفيزياء: C = Q / V
السوق: السعة = |الجهد| × شدة الحقل
تمثّل الطاقة المخزّنة القابلة للتفريغ — تزداد عند وجود تحيّز مع تفاعل عالي.
⚡ التفريغ الكهربائي (Discharge)
الفيزياء: يحدث عند تجاوز عتبة العزل
السوق: احتمال التفريغ = min(السعة / عتبة التفريغ, 1.0)
عندما ≥ 0.9: "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT"
📌 ملاحظة جوهرية:
أقصى سعة لا تحدث عند الهيمنة المطلقة (حيث شدة الحقل = 0)، ولا عند التوازن التام (حيث الجهد = 0)، بل عند انحياز متوسط (±30–50%) مع تفاعل عالي (شدة حقل > 25%) — أي في لحظات "الضغط قبل الاختراق".
█ آلية الحساب التفصيلية
⚡ المرحلة 1: قطبية الشمعة
polarity = (close − open) / (high − low)
- +1.0: شمعة صاعدة كاملة (ماروبوزو صاعد)
- −1.0: شمعة هابطة كاملة (ماروبوزو هابط)
- 0.0: دوجي (لا قرار)
- القيم الوسيطة: تمثّل نسبة جسم الشمعة إلى مداها — مما يقلّل تأثير الشموع ذات الظلال الطويلة
⚡ المرحلة 2: وزن الحجم
vol_weight = volume / SMA(volume, lookback)
شمعة بحجم 150% من المتوسط = شحنة أقوى بـ 1.5 مرة
⚡ المرحلة 3: معامل التكيف (Adaptive Factor)
adaptive_factor = ATR(lookback) / SMA(ATR, lookback × 2)
- في الأسواق المتقلبة: يزيد الحساسية
- في الأسواق الهادئة: يقلل الضوضاء
- يوصى دائمًا بتركه مفعّلًا
⚡ المرحلة 4–6: تراكم وتوحيد الشحنات
تُجمّع الشحنات على lookback شمعة، ثم تُوحّد النسب:
norm_positive = positive_charge / total_charge
norm_negative = negative_charge / total_charge
بحيث: norm_positive + norm_negative = 1 — لتسهيل المقارنة
⚡ المرحلة 7: حسابات الحقل
voltage = norm_positive − norm_negative
field_intensity = 4 × norm_positive × norm_negative × field_sensitivity
capacitance = |voltage| × field_intensity
discharge_prob = min(capacitance / discharge_threshold, 1.0)
█ الإعدادات
⚡ Electromagnetic Model
Lookback Period
- الافتراضي: 20
- النطاق: 5–100
- التوصيات:
- المضاربة: 10–15
- اليومي: 20
- السوينغ: 30–50
- الاستثمار: 50–100
Discharge Threshold
- الافتراضي: 0.7
- النطاق: 0.3–0.95
- التوصيات:
- سرعة + ضوضاء: 0.5–0.6
- توازن: 0.7
- دقة عالية: 0.8–0.95
Field Sensitivity
- الافتراضي: 1.0
- النطاق: 0.5–2.0
- التوصيات:
- تضخيم الصراع: 1.2–1.5
- طبيعي: 1.0
- تهدئة: 0.5–0.8
Adaptive Mode
- الافتراضي: مفعّل
- أبقِه دائمًا مفعّلًا
🔬 Dynamic Filters
يجب اجتياز جميع الفلاتر المفعّلة لظهور إشارة التفريغ.
Volume Filter
- الشرط: volume > SMA(volume) × vol_multiplier
- الوظيفة: يستبعد الشموع "الضعيفة" غير المدعومة بحجم
- التوصية: مفعّل (خاصة للأسهم والعملات)
Volatility Filter
- الشرط: STDEV > SMA(STDEV) × 0.5
- الوظيفة: يتجاهل فترات الركود الجانبي
- التوصية: مفعّل دائمًا
Trend Filter
- الشرط: توافق الجهد مع EMA سريع/بطيء
- الوظيفة: يقلل الإشارات المعاكسة للاتجاه العام
- التوصية: مفعّل للسوينغ/الاستثمار فقط
Volume Threshold
- الافتراضي: 1.2
- التوصيات:
- 1.0–1.2: حساسية عالية
- 1.5–2.0: حصرية للحجم العالي
🎨 Visual Settings
الإعدادات تُحسّن تجربة القراءة البصرية — لا تؤثر على الحسابات.
Scale Factor
- الافتراضي: 600
- كلما زاد: المشهد أكبر (200–1200)
Horizontal Shift
- الافتراضي: 180
- إزاحة أفقيّة لليسار — ليركّز على آخر شمعة
Pole Size
- الافتراضي: 60
- حجم الكرات الأساسية (30–120)
Field Lines
- الافتراضي: 8
- عدد خطوط الحقل (4–16) — 8 توازن مثالي
الألوان
- أخضر/أحمر/أزرق/برتقالي
- قابلة للتخصيص بالكامل
█ التمثيل البصري: لغة بصرية لتشخيص الحالة السعرية
✨ الفلسفة التصميمية
التمثيل ليس "زينة"، بل نموذج معرفي متكامل — كل عنصر يحمل معلومة، وتفاعل العناصر يروي قصة كاملة.
العقل يدرك التغيير في الحجم، اللون، والحركة أسرع بـ 60,000 مرة من قراءة الأرقام — لذا يمكنك "الإحساس" بالتغير قبل أن تُنهي العين المسح.
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🟢 القطب الموجب (الكرة الخضراء — يسار)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ماذا يمثّل؟
تراكم ضغط الشراء النشط — ليس مجرد اتجاه صاعد، بل قوة طلب حقيقية مدعومة بحجم وتقلّب.
● الحجم المتغير
حجم = pole_size × (0.7 + norm_positive × 0.6)
- 70% من الحجم الأساسي = لا شحنة تُذكر
- 130% من الحجم الأساسي = هيمنة تامة
- كلما كبرت الكرة: زاد تفوّق المشترين، وارتفع احتمال الاستمرار الصعودي
تفسير الحجم:
- كرة كبيرة (>55%): ضغط شراء قوي — المشترون يسيطرون
- كرة متوسطة (45–55%): توازن نسبي مع ميل للشراء
- كرة صغيرة (<45%): ضعف ضغط الشراء — البائعون يسيطرون
● الإضاءة والشفافية
- شفافية 20% (عند Bias = +1): القطب نشط حالياً — الاتجاه صعودي
- شفافية 50% (عند Bias ≠ +1): القطب غير نشط — ليس الاتجاه السائد
الإضاءة = النشاط الحالي، بينما الحجم = التراكم التاريخي
● التوهج الداخلي النابض
كرة أصغر تنبض تلقائيًّا عند Bias = +1:
inner_pulse = 0.4 + 0.1 × sin(anim_time × 3)
يرمز إلى استمرارية تدفق أوامر الشراء — وليس هيمنة جامدة.
● الحلقات المدارية
حلقتان تدوران بسرعات واتجاهات مختلفة:
- الداخلية: 1.3× حجم الكرة — نطاق التأثير المباشر
- الخارجية: 1.6× حجم الكرة — نطاق التأثير الممتد
تمثّل "نطاق تأثير" المشترين:
- الدوران المستمر = استقرار وزخم
- التباطؤ = نفاد الزخم
● النسبة المئوية
تظهر تحت الكرة: norm_positive × 100
- >55% = هيمنة واضحة
- 45–55% = توازن
- <45% = ضعف
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🔴 القطب السالب (الكرة الحمراء — يمين)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ماذا يمثّل؟
تراكم ضغط البيع النشط — سواء كان بيعًا تراكميًّا (التوزيع الذكي) أو بيعًا هستيريًّا (تصفية مراكز).
● الديناميكيات البصرية
نفس آلية الحجم والإضاءة والتوهج الداخلي — لكن باللون الأحمر.
الفرق الجوهري:
- الدوران معكوس (عكس اتجاه عقارب الساعة)
- يُميّز بصريًّا بين "تدفق الشراء" و"تدفق البيع"
- يسمح بقراءة الاتجاه بنظرة واحدة — حتى للمصابين بعَمَى الألوان
📌 ملخص قراءة القطبين:
🟢 كرة خضراء كبيرة + مضيئة = قوة شرائية نشطة
🔴 كرة حمراء كبيرة + مضيئة = قوة بيعية نشطة
🟢🔴 كرتان كبيرتان لكن خافتتان = تراكم طاقة (قبل التفريغ)
⚪ كرتان صغيرتان = ركود / سيولة منخفضة
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🔵 خطوط الحقل (الخطوط الزرقاء المنحنية)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ماذا تمثّل؟
مسارات تدفق الطاقة بين القطبين — أي الساحة التي تُدار فيها المعركة السعرية.
● عدد الخطوط
4–16 خط (الافتراضي: 8)
كلما زاد العدد: زاد إحساس "كثافة التفاعل"
● ارتفاع القوس
arc_h = (i − half_lines) × 15 × field_intensity × 2
- شدة حقل عالية = خطوط شديدة الارتفاع (مثل موجة)
- شدة منخفضة = خطوط شبه مستقيمة
● الشفافية المتذبذبة
transp = 30 + phase × 40
حيث phase = sin(anim_time × 2 + i × 0.5) × 0.5 + 0.5
تخلق وهم "تيّار متدفّق" — وليس خطوطًا ثابتة
● الانحناء غير المتناظر
- الخطوط العلوية تنحني لأعلى
- الخطوط السفلية تنحني لأسفل
- يُضفي عمقًا ثلاثي الأبعاد ويُظهر اتجاه "الضغط"
⚡ تلميح احترافي:
عندما ترى الخطوط "تتقلّص" فجأة (تستقيم)، بينما الكرتان كبيرتان — فهذا مؤشر مبكر على قرب التفريغ، لأن التفاعل بدأ يفقد مرونته.
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
⚪ الجزيئات المتحركة
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ماذا تمثّل؟
تدفق السيولة الحقيقية في السوق — أي من يدفع السعر الآن.
● العدد والحركة
- 6 جزيئات تغطي معظم خطوط الحقل
- تتحرك جيبيًّا على طول القوس:
t = (sin(phase_val) + 1) / 2
- سرعة عالية = نشاط تداول عالي
- تجمّع عند قطب = سيطرة هذا الطرف
● تدرج اللون
من أخضر (عند القطب الموجب) إلى أحمر (عند السالب)
يُظهر "تحوّل الطاقة":
- جزيء أخضر = طاقة شرائية نقية
- جزيء برتقالي = منطقة صراع
- جزيء أحمر = طاقة بيعية نقية
📌 كيف تقرأها؟
- تحركت من اليسار لليمين (🟢 → 🔴): تدفق شرائي → دفع صعودي
- تحركت من اليمين لليسار (🔴 → 🟢): تدفق بيعي → دفع هبوطي
- تجمّعت في المنتصف: صراع متكافئ — انتظر اختراقًا
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
🟠 منطقة التفريغ (التوهج البرتقالي — المركز)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ماذا تمثّل؟
نقطة تراكم الطاقة المخزّنة التي لم تُفرّغ بعد — قلب نظام الإنذار المبكر.
● مراحل التوهج
إنذار أولي (discharge_prob > 0.3):
- دائرة برتقالية خافتة (شفافية 70%)
- المعنى: راقب، لا تدخل بعد
توتر عالي (discharge_prob ≥ 0.7):
- توهج أقوى + نص "⚠️ HIGH TENSION"
- المعنى: استعد — ضع أوامر معلقة
تفريغ وشيك (discharge_prob ≥ 0.9):
- توهج ساطع + نص "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT"
- المعنى: ادخل مع الاتجاه (بعد تأكيد شمعة)
● تأثير التوهج الطبقي (Glow Layering)
3 دوائر متحدة المركز بشفافية متزايدة:
- داخلي: 20%
- وسط: 35%
- خارجي: 50%
النتيجة: هالة (Aura) واقعية تشبه التفريغ الكهربائي الحقيقي.
📌 لماذا في المركز؟
لأن التفريغ يبدأ دائمًا من منطقة التوازن النسبي — حيث يلتقي الضغطان المتعاكسان.
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
📊 مقياس الجهد (أسفل المشهد)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ماذا يمثّل؟
مؤشر رقمي مبسّط لفرق الجهد — لمن يفضّل القراءة العددية.
● المكونات
- الشريط الرمادي: النطاق الكامل (−100% إلى +100%)
- التعبئة الخضراء: جهد موجب (تمتد لليمين)
- التعبئة الحمراء: جهد سالب (تمتد لليسار)
- رمز البرق (⚡): فوق المركز — تذكير بأنه "مقياس كهربائي"
- القيمة النصية: مثل "+23.4%" — بلون الاتجاه
● تفسير قراءات الجهد
+50% إلى +100%:
هيمنة شرائية ساحقة — احذر التشبع، قد يسبق تصحيح
+20% إلى +50%:
هيمنة شرائية قوية — مناسب للشراء مع الاتجاه
+5% إلى +20%:
ميل صعودي خفيف — انتظر تأكيدًا إضافيًّا
−5% إلى +5%:
توازن/حياد — تجنّب الدخول أو انتظر اختراقًا
−5% إلى −20%:
ميل هبوطي خفيف — انتظر تأكيدًا
−20% إلى −50%:
هيمنة بيعية قوية — مناسب للبيع مع الاتجاه
−50% إلى −100%:
هيمنة بيعية ساحقة — احذر التشبع، قد يسبق ارتداد
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
📈 مؤشر شدة الحقل (أعلى المشهد)
═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
ما يعرضه: "Field: XX.X%"
الدلالة: قوة الصراع بين المشترين والبائعين.
● تفسير القراءات
0–5%:
- المظهر: خطوط مستقيمة تقريبًا، شفافة
- المعنى: سيطرة تامة لأحد الطرفين
- الاستراتيجية: تتبع الترند (Trend Following)
5–15%:
- المظهر: انحناء خفيف
- المعنى: اتجاه واضح مع مقاومة خفيفة
- الاستراتيجية: الدخول مع الاتجاه
15–25%:
- المظهر: انحناء متوسط، خطوط واضحة
- المعنى: صراع متوازن
- الاستراتيجية: تداول النطاق أو الانتظار
25–35%:
- المظهر: انحناء عالي، كثافة واضحة
- المعنى: صراع قوي، عدم يقين عالي
- الاستراتيجية: تداول التقلّب أو الاستعداد للتفريغ
35%+:
- المظهر: خطوط عالية جدًّا، توهج قوي
- المعنى: ذروة التوتر
- الاستراتيجية: أفضل فرص التفريغ
📌 العلاقة الذهبية:
أعلى احتمال تفريغ عندما:
شدة الحقل (25–35%) + جهد (±30–50%) + حجم مرتفع
← هذه هي "المنطقة الحمراء" التي يجب مراقبتها بدقة.
█ قراءة التمثيل البصري الشاملة
لقراءة حالة السوق بنظرة واحدة، اتبع هذا التسلسل:
الخطوة 1: أي كرة أكبر؟
- 🟢 الخضراء أكبر ← ضغط شراء مهيمن
- 🔴 الحمراء أكبر ← ضغط بيع مهيمن
- متساويتان ← توازن/صراع
الخطوة 2: أي كرة مضيئة؟
- 🟢 الخضراء مضيئة ← اتجاه صعودي حالي
- 🔴 الحمراء مضيئة ← اتجاه هبوطي حالي
- كلاهما خافت ← حياد/لا اتجاه واضح
الخطوة 3: هل يوجد توهج برتقالي؟
- لا يوجد ← احتمال تفريغ <30%
- 🟠 توهج خافت ← احتمال تفريغ 30–70%
- 🟠 توهج قوي مع نص ← احتمال تفريغ >70%
الخطوة 4: ما قراءة مقياس الجهد؟
- موجب قوي ← تأكيد الهيمنة الشرائية
- سالب قوي ← تأكيد الهيمنة البيعية
- قريب من الصفر ← لا اتجاه واضح
█ أمثلة عملية للقراءة البصرية
المثال 1: فرصة شراء مثالية ⚡🟢
- الكرة الخضراء: كبيرة ومضيئة مع نبض داخلي
- الكرة الحمراء: صغيرة وخافتة
- التوهج البرتقالي: قوي مع نص "DISCHARGE IMMINENT"
- مقياس الجهد: +45%
- شدة الحقل: 28%
التفسير: ضغط شراء قوي متراكم، انفجار صعودي وشيك
المثال 2: فرصة بيع مثالية ⚡🔴
- الكرة الخضراء: صغيرة وخافتة
- الكرة الحمراء: كبيرة ومضيئة مع نبض داخلي
- التوهج البرتقالي: قوي مع نص "DISCHARGE IMMINENT"
- مقياس الجهد: −52%
- شدة الحقل: 31%
التفسير: ضغط بيع قوي متراكم، انفجار هبوطي وشيك
المثال 3: توازن/انتظار ⚖️
- الكرتان: متساويتان تقريباً في الحجم
- الإضاءة: كلاهما خافت
- التوهج البرتقالي: قوي
- مقياس الجهد: +3%
- شدة الحقل: 24%
التفسير: صراع قوي بدون فائز واضح، انتظر اختراقًا
المثال 4: اتجاه صعودي واضح (لا تفريغ) 📈
- الكرة الخضراء: كبيرة ومضيئة
- الكرة الحمراء: صغيرة جداً وخافتة
- التوهج البرتقالي: لا يوجد
- مقياس الجهد: +68%
- شدة الحقل: 8%
التفسير: سيطرة شرائية واضحة، صراع محدود، مناسب لتتبع الترند الصعودي
المثال 5: تشبع شرائي محتمل ⚠️
- الكرة الخضراء: كبيرة جداً ومضيئة
- الكرة الحمراء: صغيرة جداً
- التوهج البرتقالي: خافت
- مقياس الجهد: +88%
- شدة الحقل: 4%
التفسير: هيمنة شرائية مطلقة، قد يسبق تصحيحاً هبوطياً
█ إشارات التداول
⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT (التفريغ الوشيك)
شروط الظهور:
- discharge_prob ≥ 0.9
- اجتياز جميع الفلاتر المفعّلة
- Confirmed (بعد إغلاق الشمعة)
التفسير:
- تراكم طاقة كبير جدًّا
- الضغط وصل لمستوى حرج
- انفجار سعري متوقع خلال 1–3 شموع
كيفية التداول:
1. حدد اتجاه الجهد:
• موجب = توقع صعود
• سالب = توقع هبوط
2. انتظر شمعة تأكيدية:
• للصعود: شمعة صاعدة تغلق فوق افتتاحها
• للهبوط: شمعة هابطة تغلق تحت افتتاحها
3. الدخول: مع افتتاح الشمعة التالية
4. وقف الخسارة: وراء آخر قاع/قمة محلية
5. الهدف: نسبة مخاطرة/عائد 1:2 على الأقل
✅ نصائح احترافية:
- أفضل النتائج عند دمجها مع مستويات الدعم/المقاومة
- تجنّب الدخول إذا كان الجهد قريبًا من الصفر (±5%)
- زِد حجم المركز عند شدة حقل > 30%
⚠️ HIGH TENSION (التوتر العالي)
شروط الظهور:
- 0.7 ≤ discharge_prob < 0.9
التفسير:
- السوق في حالة تراكم طاقة
- احتمال حركة قوية قريبة، لكن ليست فورية
- قد يستمر التراكم أو يحدث تفريغ
كيفية الاستفادة:
- الاستعداد: حضّر أوامر معلقة عند الاختراقات المحتملة
- المراقبة: راقب الشموع التالية بحثًا عن شمعة دافعة
- الانتقاء: لا تدخل كل إشارة — اختر تلك التي تتوافق مع الاتجاه العام
█ استراتيجيات التداول
📈 استراتيجية 1: تداول التفريغ (الأساسية)
المبدأ: الدخول عند "DISCHARGE IMMINENT" في اتجاه الجهد
الخطوات:
1. انتظر ظهور "⚡ DISCHARGE IMMINENT"
2. تحقق من اتجاه الجهد (+/−)
3. انتظر شمعة تأكيدية في اتجاه الجهد
4. ادخل مع افتتاح الشمعة التالية
5. وقف الخسارة وراء آخر قاع/قمة
6. الهدف: نسبة 1:2 أو 1:3
نسبة نجاح عالية جدًّا عند الالتزام بشروط التأكيد.
📈 استراتيجية 2: تتبع الهيمنة
المبدأ: التداول مع القطب المهيمن (الكرة الأكبر والأكثر إضاءة)
الخطوات:
1. حدد القطب المهيمن (الأكبر حجماً والأكثر إضاءة)
2. تداول في اتجاهه
3. احذر عند تقارب الأحجام (صراع)
مناسبة للإطارات الزمنية الأعلى (H1+).
📈 استراتيجية 3: صيد الانعكاس
المبدأ: الدخول عكس الاتجاه عند ظروف معينة
الشروط:
- شدة حقل عالية (>30%)
- جهد متطرف (>±40%)
- تباعد مع السعر (مثل: قمة سعرية جديدة مع تراجع الجهد)
⚠️ عالية المخاطرة — استخدم حجم مركز صغير.
📈 استراتيجية 4: الدمج مع التحليل الفني
أمثلة تأكيد قوي:
- اختراق مقاومة + تفريغ صعودي = إشارة شراء ممتازة
- كسر دعم + تفريغ هبوطي = إشارة بيع ممتازة
- نموذج Head & Shoulders + جهد سالب متزايد = تأكيد النموذج
- تباعد RSI + شدة حقل عالية = انعكاس محتمل
█ التنبيهات الجاهزة
Bullish Discharge
- الشرط: discharge_prob ≥ 0.9 + جهد موجب + جميع الفلاتر
- الرسالة: "⚡ Bullish discharge"
- الاستخدام: فرصة شراء عالية الاحتمالية
Bearish Discharge
- الشرط: discharge_prob ≥ 0.9 + جهد سالب + جميع الفلاتر
- الرسالة: "⚡ Bearish discharge"
- الاستخدام: فرصة بيع عالية الاحتمالية
✅ نصيحة: استخدم هذه التنبيهات مع إعداد "Once Per Bar" لتجنب التكرار.
█ المخرجات في نافذة البيانات
Bias
- القيم: −1 / 0 / +1
- التفسير: −1 = هبوطي، 0 = حياد، +1 = صعودي
- الاستخدام: لدمجها في استراتيجيات آلية
Discharge %
- النطاق: 0–100%
- التفسير: احتمال التفريغ
- الاستخدام: مراقبة تدرّج التوتر (مثال: من 40% إلى 85% في 5 شموع)
Field Strength
- النطاق: 0–100%
- التفسير: شدة الصراع
- الاستخدام: تحديد "نافذة الفرص" (25–35% مثالية للتفريغ)
Voltage
- النطاق: −100% إلى +100%
- التفسير: ميزان القوى
- الاستخدام: مراقبة التطرف (تشبع شرائي/بيعي محتمل)
█ الإعدادات المثلى حسب أسلوب التداول
المضاربة (Scalping)
- الإطار: 1M–5M
- Lookback: 10–15
- Threshold: 0.5–0.6
- Sensitivity: 1.2–1.5
- الفلاتر: Volume + Volatility
التداول اليومي (Day Trading)
- الإطار: 15M–1H
- Lookback: 20
- Threshold: 0.7
- Sensitivity: 1.0
- الفلاتر: Volume + Volatility
السوينغ (Swing Trading)
- الإطار: 4H–D1
- Lookback: 30–50
- Threshold: 0.8
- Sensitivity: 0.8
- الفلاتر: Volatility + Trend
الاستثمار (Position Trading)
- الإطار: D1–W1
- Lookback: 50–100
- Threshold: 0.85–0.95
- Sensitivity: 0.5–0.8
- الفلاتر: جميع الفلاتر
█ نصائح للاستخدام الأمثل
1. ابدأ بالإعدادات الافتراضية
جرّبه أولًا كما هو، ثم عدّل حسب أسلوبك.
2. راقب التوافق بين العناصر
أفضل الإشارات عندما:
- الجهد واضح (>│20%│)
- شدة الحقل معتدلة–عالية (15–35%)
- احتمال التفريغ مرتفع (>70%)
3. استخدم أطر زمنية متعددة
- الإطار الأعلى: تحديد الاتجاه العام
- الإطار الأدنى: توقيت الدخول
- تأكد من توافق الإشارات بين الأطر
4. دمج مع أدوات أخرى
- مستويات الدعم/المقاومة
- خطوط الاتجاه
- أنماط الشموع
- مؤشرات الحجم
5. احترم إدارة المخاطرة
- لا تخاطر بأكثر من 1–2% من الحساب
- استخدم دائمًا وقف الخسارة
- لا تدخل كل الإشارات — اختر الأفضل
█ تحذيرات مهمة
⚠️ ليس للاستخدام المنفرد
المؤشر أداة تحليل مساعِدة — لا تستخدمه بمعزل عن التحليل الفني أو الأساسي.
⚠️ لا يتنبأ بالمستقبل
الحسابات مبنية على البيانات التاريخية — النتائج ليست مضمونة.
⚠️ الأسواق تختلف
قد تحتاج لضبط الإعدادات لكل سوق:
- العملات: تركّز على Volume Filter
- الأسهم: أضف Trend Filter
- الكريبتو: خفّض Threshold قليلًا (أكثر تقلّبًا)
⚠️ الأخبار والأحداث
المؤشر لا يأخذ في الاعتبار الأخبار المفاجئة — تجنّب التداول قبل/أثناء الأخبار الرئيسية.
█ الميزات الفريدة
✅ أول تطبيق للكهرومغناطيسية على الأسواق
نموذج رياضي مبتكر — ليس مجرد مؤشر عادي
✅ كشف استباقي للانفجارات السعرية
يُنبّه قبل حدوث الحركة — وليس بعدها
✅ تصفية متعددة الطبقات
4 فلاتر ذكية تقلل الإشارات الكاذبة إلى الحد الأدنى
✅ تكيف ذكي مع التقلب
يضبط حساسيته تلقائيًّا حسب ظروف السوق
✅ تمثيل بصري ثلاثي الأبعاد متحرك
يجعل القراءة فورية — حتى للمبتدئين
✅ مرونة عالية
يعمل على جميع الأصول: أسهم، عملات، كريبتو، سلع
✅ تنبيهات مدمجة جاهزة
لا حاجة لإعدادات معقدة — جاهز للاستخدام الفوري
█ خاتمة: عندما يلتقي الفن بالعلم
Market Electromagnetic Field ليس مجرد مؤشر — بل فلسفة تحليلية جديدة.
هو الجسر بين:
- دقة الفيزياء في وصف الأنظمة الديناميكية
- ذكاء السوق في توليد فرص التداول
- علم النفس البصري في تسهيل القراءة الفورية
النتيجة: أداة لا تُقرأ — بل تُشاهد، تُشعر، وتُستشعر.
عندما ترى الكرة الخضراء تتوسع، والتوهج يصفرّ، والجزيئات تندفع لليمين — فأنت لا ترى أرقامًا، بل ترى طاقة السوق تتنفّس.
⚠️ إخلاء مسؤولية:
هذا المؤشر لأغراض تعليمية وتحليلية فقط. لا يُمثل نصيحة مالية أو استثمارية أو تداولية. استخدمه بالتزامن مع استراتيجيتك الخاصة وإدارة المخاطر. لا يتحمل TradingView ولا المطور مسؤولية أي قرارات مالية أو خسائر.
Langlands-Operadic Möbius Vortex (LOMV)Langlands-Operadic Möbius Vortex (LOMV)
Where Pure Mathematics Meets Market Reality
A Revolutionary Synthesis of Number Theory, Category Theory, and Market Dynamics
🎓 THEORETICAL FOUNDATION
The Langlands-Operadic Möbius Vortex represents a groundbreaking fusion of three profound mathematical frameworks that have never before been combined for market analysis:
The Langlands Program: Harmonic Analysis in Markets
Developed by Robert Langlands (Fields Medal recipient), the Langlands Program creates bridges between number theory, algebraic geometry, and harmonic analysis. In our indicator:
L-Function Implementation:
- Utilizes the Möbius function μ(n) for weighted price analysis
- Applies Riemann zeta function convergence principles
- Calculates quantum harmonic resonance between -2 and +2
- Measures deep mathematical patterns invisible to traditional analysis
The L-Function core calculation employs:
L_sum = Σ(return_val × μ(n) × n^(-s))
Where s is the critical strip parameter (0.5-2.5), controlling mathematical precision and signal smoothness.
Operadic Composition Theory: Multi-Strategy Democracy
Category theory and operads provide the mathematical framework for composing multiple trading strategies into a unified signal. This isn't simple averaging - it's mathematical composition using:
Strategy Composition Arity (2-5 strategies):
- Momentum analysis via RSI transformation
- Mean reversion through Bollinger Band mathematics
- Order Flow Polarity Index (revolutionary T3-smoothed volume analysis)
- Trend detection using Directional Movement
- Higher timeframe momentum confirmation
Agreement Threshold System: Democratic voting where strategies must reach consensus before signal generation. This prevents false signals during market uncertainty.
Möbius Function: Number Theory in Action
The Möbius function μ(n) forms the mathematical backbone:
- μ(n) = 1 if n is a square-free positive integer with even number of prime factors
- μ(n) = -1 if n is a square-free positive integer with odd number of prime factors
- μ(n) = 0 if n has a squared prime factor
This creates oscillating weights that reveal hidden market periodicities and harmonic structures.
🔧 COMPREHENSIVE INPUT SYSTEM
Langlands Program Parameters
Modular Level N (5-50, default 30):
Primary lookback for quantum harmonic analysis. Optimized by timeframe:
- Scalping (1-5min): 15-25
- Day Trading (15min-1H): 25-35
- Swing Trading (4H-1D): 35-50
- Asset-specific: Crypto 15-25, Stocks 30-40, Forex 35-45
L-Function Critical Strip (0.5-2.5, default 1.5):
Controls Riemann zeta convergence precision:
- Higher values: More stable, smoother signals
- Lower values: More reactive, catches quick moves
- High frequency: 0.8-1.2, Medium: 1.3-1.7, Low: 1.8-2.3
Frobenius Trace Period (5-50, default 21):
Galois representation lookback for price-volume correlation:
- Measures harmonic relationships in market flows
- Scalping: 8-15, Day Trading: 18-25, Swing: 25-40
HTF Multi-Scale Analysis:
Higher timeframe context prevents trading against major trends:
- Provides market bias and filters signals
- Improves win rates by 15-25% through trend alignment
Operadic Composition Parameters
Strategy Composition Arity (2-5, default 4):
Number of algorithms composed for final signal:
- Conservative: 4-5 strategies (higher confidence)
- Moderate: 3-4 strategies (balanced approach)
- Aggressive: 2-3 strategies (more frequent signals)
Category Agreement Threshold (2-5, default 3):
Democratic voting minimum for signal generation:
- Higher agreement: Fewer but higher quality signals
- Lower agreement: More signals, potential false positives
Swiss-Cheese Mixing (0.1-0.5, default 0.382):
Golden ratio φ⁻¹ based blending of trend factors:
- 0.382 is φ⁻¹, optimal for natural market fractals
- Higher values: Stronger trend following
- Lower values: More contrarian signals
OFPI Configuration:
- OFPI Length (5-30, default 14): Order Flow calculation period
- T3 Smoothing (3-10, default 5): Advanced exponential smoothing
- T3 Volume Factor (0.5-1.0, default 0.7): Smoothing aggressiveness control
Unified Scoring System
Component Weights (sum ≈ 1.0):
- L-Function Weight (0.1-0.5, default 0.3): Mathematical harmony emphasis
- Galois Rank Weight (0.1-0.5, default 0.2): Market structure complexity
- Operadic Weight (0.1-0.5, default 0.3): Multi-strategy consensus
- Correspondence Weight (0.1-0.5, default 0.2): Theory-practice alignment
Signal Threshold (0.5-10.0, default 5.0):
Quality filter producing:
- 8.0+: EXCEPTIONAL signals only
- 6.0-7.9: STRONG signals
- 4.0-5.9: MODERATE signals
- 2.0-3.9: WEAK signals
🎨 ADVANCED VISUAL SYSTEM
Multi-Dimensional Quantum Aura Bands
Five-layer resonance field showing market energy:
- Colors: Theme-matched gradients (Quantum purple, Holographic cyan, etc.)
- Expansion: Dynamic based on score intensity and volatility
- Function: Multi-timeframe support/resistance zones
Morphism Flow Portals
Category theory visualization showing market topology:
- Green/Cyan Portals: Bullish mathematical flow
- Red/Orange Portals: Bearish mathematical flow
- Size/Intensity: Proportional to signal strength
- Recursion Depth (1-8): Nested patterns for flow evolution
Fractal Grid System
Dynamic support/resistance with projected L-Scores:
- Multiple Timeframes: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50-period highs/lows
- Smart Spacing: Prevents level overlap using ATR-based minimum distance
- Projections: Estimated signal scores when price reaches levels
- Usage: Precise entry/exit timing with mathematical confirmation
Wick Pressure Analysis
Rejection level prediction using candle mathematics:
- Upper Wicks: Selling pressure zones (purple/red lines)
- Lower Wicks: Buying pressure zones (purple/green lines)
- Glow Intensity (1-8): Visual emphasis and line reach
- Application: Confluence with fractal grid creates high-probability zones
Regime Intensity Heatmap
Background coloring showing market energy:
- Black/Dark: Low activity, range-bound markets
- Purple Glow: Building momentum and trend development
- Bright Purple: High activity, strong directional moves
- Calculation: Combines trend, momentum, volatility, and score intensity
Six Professional Themes
- Quantum: Purple/violet for general trading and mathematical focus
- Holographic: Cyan/magenta optimized for cryptocurrency markets
- Crystalline: Blue/turquoise for conservative, stability-focused trading
- Plasma: Gold/magenta for high-energy volatility trading
- Cosmic Neon: Bright neon colors for maximum visibility and aggressive trading
📊 INSTITUTIONAL-GRADE DASHBOARD
Unified AI Score Section
- Total Score (-10 to +10): Primary decision metric
- >5: Strong bullish signals
- <-5: Strong bearish signals
- Quality ratings: EXCEPTIONAL > STRONG > MODERATE > WEAK
- Component Analysis: Individual L-Function, Galois, Operadic, and Correspondence contributions
Order Flow Analysis
Revolutionary OFPI integration:
- OFPI Value (-100% to +100%): Real buying vs selling pressure
- Visual Gauge: Horizontal bar chart showing flow intensity
- Momentum Status: SHIFTING, ACCELERATING, STRONG, MODERATE, or WEAK
- Trading Application: Flow shifts often precede major moves
Signal Performance Tracking
- Win Rate Monitoring: Real-time success percentage with emoji indicators
- Signal Count: Total signals generated for frequency analysis
- Current Position: LONG, SHORT, or NONE with P&L tracking
- Volatility Regime: HIGH, MEDIUM, or LOW classification
Market Structure Analysis
- Möbius Field Strength: Mathematical field oscillation intensity
- CHAOTIC: High complexity, use wider stops
- STRONG: Active field, normal position sizing
- MODERATE: Balanced conditions
- WEAK: Low activity, consider smaller positions
- HTF Trend: Higher timeframe bias (BULL/BEAR/NEUTRAL)
- Strategy Agreement: Multi-algorithm consensus level
Position Management
When in trades, displays:
- Entry Price: Original signal price
- Current P&L: Real-time percentage with risk level assessment
- Duration: Bars in trade for timing analysis
- Risk Level: HIGH/MEDIUM/LOW based on current exposure
🚀 SIGNAL GENERATION LOGIC
Balanced Long/Short Architecture
The indicator generates signals through multiple convergent pathways:
Long Entry Conditions:
- Score threshold breach with algorithmic agreement
- Strong bullish order flow (OFPI > 0.15) with positive composite signal
- Bullish pattern recognition with mathematical confirmation
- HTF trend alignment with momentum shifting
- Extreme bullish OFPI (>0.3) with any positive score
Short Entry Conditions:
- Score threshold breach with bearish agreement
- Strong bearish order flow (OFPI < -0.15) with negative composite signal
- Bearish pattern recognition with mathematical confirmation
- HTF trend alignment with momentum shifting
- Extreme bearish OFPI (<-0.3) with any negative score
Exit Logic:
- Score deterioration below continuation threshold
- Signal quality degradation
- Opposing order flow acceleration
- 10-bar minimum between signals prevents overtrading
⚙️ OPTIMIZATION GUIDELINES
Asset-Specific Settings
Cryptocurrency Trading:
- Modular Level: 15-25 (capture volatility)
- L-Function Precision: 0.8-1.3 (reactive to price swings)
- OFPI Length: 10-20 (fast correlation shifts)
- Cascade Levels: 5-7, Theme: Holographic
Stock Index Trading:
- Modular Level: 25-35 (balanced trending)
- L-Function Precision: 1.5-1.8 (stable patterns)
- OFPI Length: 14-20 (standard correlation)
- Cascade Levels: 4-5, Theme: Quantum
Forex Trading:
- Modular Level: 35-45 (smooth trends)
- L-Function Precision: 1.6-2.1 (high smoothing)
- OFPI Length: 18-25 (disable volume amplification)
- Cascade Levels: 3-4, Theme: Crystalline
Timeframe Optimization
Scalping (1-5 minute charts):
- Reduce all lookback parameters by 30-40%
- Increase L-Function precision for noise reduction
- Enable all visual elements for maximum information
- Use Small dashboard to save screen space
Day Trading (15 minute - 1 hour):
- Use default parameters as starting point
- Adjust based on market volatility
- Normal dashboard provides optimal information density
- Focus on OFPI momentum shifts for entries
Swing Trading (4 hour - Daily):
- Increase lookback parameters by 30-50%
- Higher L-Function precision for stability
- Large dashboard for comprehensive analysis
- Emphasize HTF trend alignment
🏆 ADVANCED TRADING STRATEGIES
The Mathematical Confluence Method
1. Wait for Fractal Grid level approach
2. Confirm with projected L-Score > threshold
3. Verify OFPI alignment with direction
4. Enter on portal signal with quality ≥ STRONG
5. Exit on score deterioration or opposing flow
The Regime Trading System
1. Monitor Aether Flow background intensity
2. Trade aggressively during bright purple periods
3. Reduce position size during dark periods
4. Use Möbius Field strength for stop placement
5. Align with HTF trend for maximum probability
The OFPI Momentum Strategy
1. Watch for momentum shifting detection
2. Confirm with accelerating flow in direction
3. Enter on immediate portal signal
4. Scale out at Fibonacci levels
5. Exit on flow deceleration or reversal
⚠️ RISK MANAGEMENT INTEGRATION
Mathematical Position Sizing
- Use Galois Rank for volatility-adjusted sizing
- Möbius Field strength determines stop width
- Fractal Dimension guides maximum exposure
- OFPI momentum affects entry timing
Signal Quality Filtering
- Trade only STRONG or EXCEPTIONAL quality signals
- Increase position size with higher agreement levels
- Reduce risk during CHAOTIC Möbius field periods
- Respect HTF trend alignment for directional bias
🔬 DEVELOPMENT JOURNEY
Creating the LOMV was an extraordinary mathematical undertaking that pushed the boundaries of what's possible in technical analysis. This indicator almost didn't happen. The theoretical complexity nearly proved insurmountable.
The Mathematical Challenge
Implementing the Langlands Program required deep research into:
- Number theory and the Möbius function
- Riemann zeta function convergence properties
- L-function analytical continuation
- Galois representations in finite fields
The mathematical literature spans decades of pure mathematics research, requiring translation from abstract theory to practical market application.
The Computational Complexity
Operadic composition theory demanded:
- Category theory implementation in Pine Script
- Multi-dimensional array management for strategy composition
- Real-time democratic voting algorithms
- Performance optimization for complex calculations
The Integration Breakthrough
Bringing together three disparate mathematical frameworks required:
- Novel approaches to signal weighting and combination
- Revolutionary Order Flow Polarity Index development
- Advanced T3 smoothing implementation
- Balanced signal generation preventing directional bias
Months of intensive research culminated in breakthrough moments when the mathematics finally aligned with market reality. The result is an indicator that reveals market structure invisible to conventional analysis while maintaining practical trading utility.
🎯 PRACTICAL IMPLEMENTATION
Getting Started
1. Apply indicator with default settings
2. Select appropriate theme for your markets
3. Observe dashboard metrics during different market conditions
4. Practice signal identification without trading
5. Gradually adjust parameters based on observations
Signal Confirmation Process
- Never trade on score alone - verify quality rating
- Confirm OFPI alignment with intended direction
- Check fractal grid level proximity for timing
- Ensure Möbius field strength supports position size
- Validate against HTF trend for bias confirmation
Performance Monitoring
- Track win rate in dashboard for strategy assessment
- Monitor component contributions for optimization
- Adjust threshold based on desired signal frequency
- Document performance across different market regimes
🌟 UNIQUE INNOVATIONS
1. First Integration of Langlands Program mathematics with practical trading
2. Revolutionary OFPI with T3 smoothing and momentum detection
3. Operadic Composition using category theory for signal democracy
4. Dynamic Fractal Grid with projected L-Score calculations
5. Multi-Dimensional Visualization through morphism flow portals
6. Regime-Adaptive Background showing market energy intensity
7. Balanced Signal Generation preventing directional bias
8. Professional Dashboard with institutional-grade metrics
📚 EDUCATIONAL VALUE
The LOMV serves as both a practical trading tool and an educational gateway to advanced mathematics. Traders gain exposure to:
- Pure mathematics applications in markets
- Category theory and operadic composition
- Number theory through Möbius function implementation
- Harmonic analysis via L-function calculations
- Advanced signal processing through T3 smoothing
⚖️ RESPONSIBLE USAGE
This indicator represents advanced mathematical research applied to market analysis. While the underlying mathematics are rigorously implemented, markets remain inherently unpredictable.
Key Principles:
- Use as part of comprehensive trading strategy
- Implement proper risk management at all times
- Backtest thoroughly before live implementation
- Understand that past performance does not guarantee future results
- Never risk more than you can afford to lose
The mathematics reveal deep market structure, but successful trading requires discipline, patience, and sound risk management beyond any indicator.
🔮 CONCLUSION
The Langlands-Operadic Möbius Vortex represents a quantum leap forward in technical analysis, bringing PhD-level pure mathematics to practical trading while maintaining visual elegance and usability.
From the harmonic analysis of the Langlands Program to the democratic composition of operadic theory, from the number-theoretic precision of the Möbius function to the revolutionary Order Flow Polarity Index, every component works in mathematical harmony to reveal the hidden order within market chaos.
This is more than an indicator - it's a mathematical lens that transforms how you see and understand market structure.
Trade with mathematical precision. Trade with the LOMV.
*"Mathematics is the language with which God has written the universe." - Galileo Galilei*
*In markets, as in nature, profound mathematical beauty underlies apparent chaos. The LOMV reveals this hidden order.*
— Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Triad Trade MatrixOverview
Triad Trade Matrix is an advanced multi-strategy indicator built using Pine Script v5. It is designed to simultaneously track and display key trading metrics for three distinct trading styles on a single chart:
Swing Trading (Swing Supreme):
This mode captures longer-term trends and is designed for trades that typically span several days. It uses customizable depth and deviation parameters to determine swing signals.
Day Trading (Day Blaze):
This mode focuses on intraday price movements. It generates signals that are intended to be executed within a single trading session. The parameters for depth and deviation are tuned to capture more frequent, shorter-term moves.
Scalping (Scalp Surge):
This mode is designed for very short-term trades where quick entries and exits are key. It uses more sensitive parameters to detect rapid price movements suitable for scalping strategies.
Each trading style is represented by its own merged table that displays real-time metrics. The tables update automatically as new trading signals are generated.
Key Features
Multi-Style Tracking:
Swing Supreme (Large): For swing trading; uses a purple theme.
Day Blaze (Medium): For day trading; uses an orange theme.
Scalp Surge (Small): For scalping; uses a green theme.
Real-Time Metrics:
Each table displays key trade metrics including:
Entry Price: The price at which the trade was entered.
Exit Price: The price at which the previous trade was exited.
Position Size: Calculated as the account size divided by the entry price.
Direction: Indicates whether the trade is “Up” (long) or “Down” (short).
Time: The time when the trade was executed (formatted to hours and minutes).
Wins/Losses: The cumulative number of winning and losing trades.
Current Price & PnL: The current price on the chart and the profit/loss computed relative to the entry price.
Duration: The number of bars that the trade has been open.
History Column: A merged summary column that shows the most recent trade’s details (entry, exit, and result).
Customizability:
Column Visibility: Users can toggle individual columns (Ticker, Timeframe, Entry, Exit, etc.) on or off according to their preference.
Appearance Settings: You can customize the table border width, frame color, header background, and text colors.
History Toggle: The merged history column can be enabled or disabled.
Chart Markers: There is an option to show or hide chart markers (labels and lines) that indicate trade entries and exits on the chart.
Trade History Management:
The indicator maintains a rolling history (up to three recent trades per trading style) and displays the latest summary in the merged table.
This history column provides a quick reference to recent performance.
How It Works
Signal Generation & Trade Metrics
Trade Entry/Exit Calculation:
For each trading style, the indicator uses built-in functions (such as ta.lowestbars and ta.highestbars) to analyze price movements. Based on a customizable "depth" and "deviation" parameter, it determines the point of entry for a trade.
Swing Supreme: Uses larger depth/deviation values to capture swing trends.
Day Blaze: Uses intermediate values for intraday moves.
Scalp Surge: Uses tighter parameters to pick up rapid price changes.
Metrics Update:
When a new trade signal is generated (i.e., when the trade entry price is updated), the indicator calculates:
The current PnL as the difference between the current price and the entry price (or vice versa, depending on the trade direction).
The duration as the number of bars since the trade was opened.
The position size using the formula: accountSize / entryPrice.
History Recording:
Each time a new trade is triggered (i.e., when the entry price is updated), a summary string is created (showing entry, exit, and win/loss status) and appended to the corresponding trade history array. The merged table then displays the latest summary from this history.
Table Display
Merged Table Structure:
Each trading style (Swing Supreme, Day Blaze, and Scalp Surge) is represented by a table that has 15 columns. The columns are:
Trade Type (e.g., Swing Supreme)
Ticker
Timeframe
Entry Price
Exit Price
Position Size
Direction
Time of Entry
Account Size
Wins
Losses
Current Price
Current PnL
Duration (in bars)
History (the latest trade summary)
User Customization:
Through the settings panel, users can choose which columns to display.
If a column is toggled off, its cells will remain blank, allowing traders to focus on the metrics that matter most to them.
Appearance & Themes:
The table headers and cell backgrounds are customizable via color inputs. The trading style names are color-coded:
Swing Supreme (Large): Uses a purple theme.
Day Blaze (Medium): Uses an orange theme.
Scalp Surge (Small): Uses a green theme.
How to Use the Indicator
Add the Indicator to Your Chart:
Once published, add "Triad Trade Matrix" to your TradingView chart.
Configure the Settings:
Adjust the Account Size to match your trading capital.
Use the Depth and Deviation inputs for each trading style to fine-tune the signal sensitivity.
Toggle the Chart Markers on if you want visual entry/exit markers on the chart.
Customize which columns are visible via the column visibility toggles.
Enable or disable the History Column to show the merged trade history in the table.
Adjust the appearance settings (colors, border width, etc.) to suit your chart background and preferences.
Interpret the Tables:
Swing Supreme:
This table shows metrics for swing trades.
Look for changes in entry price, PnL, and trade duration to monitor longer-term moves.
Day Blaze:
This table tracks day trading activity.It will update more frequently, reflecting intraday trends.
Scalp Surge:
This table is dedicated to scalping signals.Use it to see quick entry/exit data and rapid profit/loss changes.
The History column (if enabled) gives you a snapshot of the most recent trade (e.g., "E:123.45 X:124.00 Up Win").
Use allerts:
The indicator includes alert condition for new trade entries(both long and short)for each trading style.
Summary:
Triad Trade Matrix provides an robust,multi-dimensional view of your trading performance across swing trading, day trading, and scalping.
Best to be used whith my other indicators
True low high
Vma Ext_Adv_CustomTbl
This indicator is ideal for traders who wish to monitor multiple trading styles simultaneously, with a clear, technical, and real-time display of performance metrics.
Happy Trading!
RSI VWAP EMA ON CHART1. Understand the components
VWAP (Volume Weighted Average Price)
Green: price is above VWAP → bullish trend
Red: price is below VWAP → bearish trend
Blue: price exactly at VWAP → neutral
Acts as a dynamic trend line and support/resistance.
4 Moving Averages (MA1–MA4)
Customizable lengths and type (SMA or EMA).
Useful for trend confirmation and dynamic support/resistance.
Typically:
MA1 = fastest (short-term)
MA4 = slowest (long-term)
When price is above multiple MAs → strong bullish trend; below → bearish trend.
RSI Overlay with VWAP Alignment
RSI line normalized to price scale.
Background shading indicates momentum aligned with VWAP trend:
Green shading: RSI > 50 and price above VWAP → bullish momentum
Red shading: RSI < 50 and price below VWAP → bearish momentum
Gray areas: neutral or momentum does not align with VWAP.
2. Basic usage workflow
Trend Confirmation
Look at VWAP color: price above → bullish, below → bearish.
Check RSI + VWAP shading: green confirms bullish momentum, red confirms bearish momentum.
Check MA alignment: shorter MAs above longer MAs = stronger bullish trend; vice versa for bearish.
Entry Signals (Scalping)
Long (Buy) Setup
Price above VWAP (green)
RSI green shading (RSI > 50)
Shorter MAs above longer MAs (trend support)
Short (Sell) Setup
Price below VWAP (red)
RSI red shading (RSI < 50)
Shorter MAs below longer MAs
Exits / Stops
Exit if price closes against VWAP trend (e.g., price drops below VWAP during a bullish trade).
Use nearest MA support/resistance as stop-loss or take-profit zones.
3. Optional adjustments for scalping
RSI length / thresholds
Shorter RSI (7–10) → faster response for scalping.
Standard RSI (14) → smoother, fewer false signals.
MA lengths
Short-term: 20–50
Medium-term: 50–100
Long-term: 100–200
Can tweak for the timeframe you trade (1m, 5m, 15m).
Timeframe
VWAP works best on intraday charts (1m, 5m, 15m).
Use higher timeframe (e.g., 15m or 1h) for trend direction and lower timeframe (1m–5m) for entries.
4. Example Scalping Setup
Bullish setup (buy):
Price above VWAP → VWAP green
RSI > 50 and green shading
Shorter MAs above longer MAs
Enter on small pullback or breakout
Stop: below nearest MA or VWAP
Bearish setup (sell):
Price below VWAP → VWAP red
RSI < 50 and red shading
Shorter MAs below longer MAs
Enter on minor bounce or breakdown
Stop: above nearest MA or VWAP
5. Visual cues summary
Element Interpretation
VWAP Green Price above VWAP → bullish trend
VWAP Red Price below VWAP → bearish trend
RSI Green Shading Bullish momentum aligns with VWAP
RSI Red Shading Bearish momentum aligns with VWAP
MA Alignment Trend strength (short above long = bullish, short below long = bearish)
VWAP + 4 MAs with RSI Overlay & VWAP Alignment1. Understand the components
VWAP (Volume Weighted Average Price)
Green: price is above VWAP → bullish trend
Red: price is below VWAP → bearish trend
Blue: price exactly at VWAP → neutral
Acts as a dynamic trend line and support/resistance.
4 Moving Averages (MA1–MA4)
Customizable lengths and type (SMA or EMA).
Useful for trend confirmation and dynamic support/resistance.
Typically:
MA1 = fastest (short-term)
MA4 = slowest (long-term)
When price is above multiple MAs → strong bullish trend; below → bearish trend.
RSI Overlay with VWAP Alignment
RSI line normalized to price scale.
Background shading indicates momentum aligned with VWAP trend:
Green shading: RSI > 50 and price above VWAP → bullish momentum
Red shading: RSI < 50 and price below VWAP → bearish momentum
Gray areas: neutral or momentum does not align with VWAP.
2. Basic usage workflow
Trend Confirmation
Look at VWAP color: price above → bullish, below → bearish.
Check RSI + VWAP shading: green confirms bullish momentum, red confirms bearish momentum.
Check MA alignment: shorter MAs above longer MAs = stronger bullish trend; vice versa for bearish.
Entry Signals (Scalping)
Long (Buy) Setup
Price above VWAP (green)
RSI green shading (RSI > 50)
Shorter MAs above longer MAs (trend support)
Short (Sell) Setup
Price below VWAP (red)
RSI red shading (RSI < 50)
Shorter MAs below longer MAs
Exits / Stops
Exit if price closes against VWAP trend (e.g., price drops below VWAP during a bullish trade).
Use nearest MA support/resistance as stop-loss or take-profit zones.
3. Optional adjustments for scalping
RSI length / thresholds
Shorter RSI (7–10) → faster response for scalping.
Standard RSI (14) → smoother, fewer false signals.
MA lengths
Short-term: 20–50
Medium-term: 50–100
Long-term: 100–200
Can tweak for the timeframe you trade (1m, 5m, 15m).
Timeframe
VWAP works best on intraday charts (1m, 5m, 15m).
Use higher timeframe (e.g., 15m or 1h) for trend direction and lower timeframe (1m–5m) for entries.
4. Example Scalping Setup
Bullish setup (buy):
Price above VWAP → VWAP green
RSI > 50 and green shading
Shorter MAs above longer MAs
Enter on small pullback or breakout
Stop: below nearest MA or VWAP
Bearish setup (sell):
Price below VWAP → VWAP red
RSI < 50 and red shading
Shorter MAs below longer MAs
Enter on minor bounce or breakdown
Stop: above nearest MA or VWAP
5. Visual cues summary
Element Interpretation
VWAP Green Price above VWAP → bullish trend
VWAP Red Price below VWAP → bearish trend
RSI Green Shading Bullish momentum aligns with VWAP
RSI Red Shading Bearish momentum aligns with VWAP
MA Alignment Trend strength (short above long = bullish, short below long = bearish)
Reversal Point Dynamics⇋ Reversal Point Dynamics (RPD)
This is not an indicator; it is a complete system for deconstructing the mechanics of a market reversal. Reversal Point Dynamics (RPD) moves far beyond simplistic pattern recognition, venturing into a deep analysis of the underlying forces that cause trends to exhaust, pause, and turn. It is engineered from the ground up to identify high-probability reversal points by quantifying the confluence of market dynamics in real-time.
Where other tools provide a static signal, RPD delivers a dynamic probability. It understands that a true market turning point is not a single event, but a cascade of failing momentum, structural breakdown, and a shift in market order. RPD's core engine meticulously analyzes each of these dynamic components—the market's underlying state, its velocity and acceleration, its degree of chaos (entropy), and its structural framework. These forces are synthesized into a single, unified Probability Score, offering you an unprecedented, transparent view into the conviction behind every potential reversal.
This is not a "black box" system. It is an open-architecture engine designed to empower the discerning trader. Featuring real-time signal projection, an integrated Fibonacci R2R Target Engine, and a comprehensive dashboard that acts as your Dynamics Control Center , RPD gives you a complete, holistic view of the market's state.
The Theoretical Core: Deconstructing Market Dynamics
RPD's analytical power is born from the intelligent synthesis of multiple, distinct theoretical models. Each pillar of the engine analyzes a different facet of market behavior. The convergence of these analyses—the "Singularity" event referenced in the dashboard—is what generates the final, high-conviction probability score.
1. Pillar One: Quantum State Analysis (QSA)
This is the foundational analysis of the market's current state within its recent context. Instead of treating price as a random walk, QSA quantizes it into a finite number of discrete "states."
Formulaic Concept: The engine establishes a price range using the highest high and lowest low over the Adaptive Analysis Period. This range is then divided into a user-defined number of Analysis Levels. The current price is mapped to one of these states (e.g., in a 9-level system, State 0 is the absolute low, and State 8 is the absolute high).
Analytical Edge: This acts as a powerful foundational filter. The engine will only begin searching for reversal signals when the market has reached a statistically stretched, extreme state (e.g., State 0 or 8). The Edge Sensitivity input allows you to control exactly how close to this extreme edge the price must be, ensuring you are trading from points of maximum potential exhaustion.
2. Pillar Two: Price State Roc (PSR) - The Dynamics of Momentum
This pillar analyzes the kinetic forces of the market: its velocity and acceleration. It understands that it’s not just where the price is, but how it got there that matters.
Formulaic Concept: The psr function calculates two derivatives of price.
Velocity: (price - price ). This measures the speed and direction of the current move.
Acceleration: (velocity - velocity ). This measures the rate of change in that speed. A negative acceleration (deceleration) during a strong rally is a critical pre-reversal warning, indicating momentum is fading even as price may be pushing higher.
Analytical Edge: The engine specifically hunts for exhaustion patterns where momentum is clearly decelerating as price reaches an extreme state. This is the mechanical signature of a weakening trend.
3. Pillar Three: Market Entropy Analysis - The Dynamics of Order & Chaos
This is RPD's chaos filter, a concept borrowed from information theory. Entropy measures the degree of randomness or disorder in the market's price action.
Formulaic Concept: The calculateEntropy function analyzes recent price changes. A market moving directionally and smoothly has low entropy (high order). A market chopping back and forth without direction has high entropy (high chaos). The value is normalized between 0 and 1.
Analytical Edge: The most reliable trades occur in low-entropy, ordered environments. RPD uses the Entropy Threshold to disqualify signals that attempt to form in chaotic, unpredictable conditions, providing a powerful shield against whipsaw markets.
4. Pillar Four: The Synthesis Engine & Probability Calculation
This is where all the dynamic forces converge. The final probability score is a weighted calculation that heavily rewards confluence.
Formulaic Concept: The calculateProbability function intelligently assembles the final score:
A Base Score is established from trend strength and entropy.
An Entropy Score adds points for low entropy (order) and subtracts for high entropy (chaos).
A significant Divergence Bonus is awarded for a classic momentum divergence.
RSI & Volume Bonuses are added if momentum oscillators are in extreme territory or a volume spike confirms institutional interest.
MTF & Adaptive Bonuses add further weight for alignment with higher timeframe structure.
Analytical Edge: A signal backed by multiple dynamic forces (e.g., extreme state + decelerating momentum + low entropy + volume spike) will receive an exponentially higher probability score. This is the very essence of analyzing reversal point dynamics.
The Command Center: Mastering the Inputs
Every input is a precise lever of control, allowing you to fine-tune the RPD engine to your exact trading style, market, and timeframe.
🧠 Core Algorithm
Predictive Mode (Early Detection):
What It Is: Enables the engine to search for potential reversals on the current, unclosed bar.
How It Works: Analyzes intra-bar acceleration and state to identify developing exhaustion. These signals are marked with a ' ? ' and are tentative.
How To Use It: Enable for scalping or very aggressive day trading to get the earliest possible indication. Disable for swing trading or a more conservative approach that waits for full bar confirmation.
Live Signal Mode (Current Bar):
What It Is: A highly aggressive mode that plots tentative signals with a ' ! ' on the live bar based on projected price and momentum. These signals repaint intra-bar.
How It Works: Uses a linear regression projection of the close to anticipate a reversal.
How To Use It: For advanced users who use intra-bar dynamics for execution and understand the nature of repainting signals.
Adaptive Analysis Period:
What It Is: The main lookback period for the QSA, PSR, and Entropy calculations. This is the engine's "memory."
How It Works: A shorter period makes the engine highly sensitive to local price swings. A longer period makes it focus only on major, significant market structure.
How To Use It: Scalping (1-5m): 15-25. Day Trading (15m-1H): 25-40. Swing Trading (4H+): 40-60.
Fractal Strength (Bars):
What It Is: Defines the strength of the pivot detection used for confirming reversal events.
How It Works: A value of '2' requires a candle's high/low to be more extreme than the two bars to its left and right.
How To Use It: '2' is a robust standard. Increase to '3' for an even stricter definition of a structural pivot, which will result in fewer signals.
MTF Multiplier:
What It Is: Integrates pivot data from a higher timeframe for confluence.
How It Works: A multiplier of '4' on a 15-minute chart will pull pivot data from the 1-hour chart (15 * 4 = 60m).
How To Use It: Set to a multiple that corresponds to your preferred higher timeframe for contextual analysis.
🎯 Signal Settings
Min Probability %:
What It Is: Your master quality filter. A signal is only plotted if its score exceeds this threshold.
How It Works: Directly filters the output of the final probability calculation.
How To Use It: High-Quality (80-95): For A+ setups only. Balanced (65-75): For day trading. Aggressive (50-60): For scalping.
Min Signal Distance (Bars):
What It Is: A noise filter that prevents signals from clustering in choppy conditions.
How It Works: Enforces a "cooldown" period of N bars after a signal.
How To Use It: Increase in ranging markets to focus on major swings. Decrease on lower timeframes.
Entropy Threshold:
What It Is: Your "chaos shield." Sets the maximum allowable market randomness for a signal.
How It Works: If calculated entropy is above this value, the signal is invalidated.
How To Use It: Lower values (0.1-0.5): Extremely strict. Higher values (0.7-1.0): More lenient. 0.85 is a good balance.
Adaptive Entropy & Aggressive Mode:
What It Is: Toggles for dynamically adjusting the engine's core parameters.
How It Works: Adaptive Entropy can slightly lower the required probability in strong trends. Aggressive Mode uses more lenient settings across the board.
How To Use It: Keep Adaptive on. Use Aggressive Mode sparingly, primarily for scalping highly volatile assets.
📊 State Analysis
Analysis Levels:
What It Is: The number of discrete "states" for the QSA.
How It Works: More levels create a finer-grained analysis of price location.
How To Use It: 6-7 levels are ideal. Increasing to 9 can provide more precision on very volatile assets.
Edge Sensitivity:
What It Is: Defines how close to the absolute top/bottom of the range price must be.
How It Works: '0' means price must be in the absolute highest/lowest state. '3' allows a signal within the top/bottom 3 states.
How To Use It: '3' provides a good balance. Lower it to '1' or '0' if you only want to trade extreme exhaustion.
The Dashboard: Your Dynamics Control Center
The dashboard provides a transparent, real-time view into the engine's brain. Use it to understand the context behind every signal and to gauge the current market environment at a glance.
🎯 UNIFIED PROB SCORE
TOTAL SCORE: The highest probability score (either Peak or Valley) the engine is currently calculating. This is your main at-a-glance conviction metric. The "Singularity" header refers to the event where market dynamics align—the event RPD is built to detect.
Quality: A human-readable interpretation of the Total Score. "EXCEPTIONAL" (🌟) is a rare, A+ confluence event. "STRONG" (💪) is a high-quality, tradable setup.
📊 ORDER FLOW & COMPONENT ANALYSIS
Volume Spike: Shows if the current volume is significantly higher than average (YES/NO). A 'YES' adds major confirmation.
Peak/Valley Conf: This breaks down the probability score into its directional components, showing you the separate confidence levels for a potential top (Peak) versus a bottom (Valley).
🌌 MARKET STRUCTURE
HTF Trend: Shows the direction of the underlying trend based on a Supertrend calculation.
Entropy: The current market chaos reading. "🔥 LOW" is an ideal, ordered state for trading. "😴 HIGH" is a warning of choppy, unpredictable conditions.
🔮 FIB & R2R ZONE (Large Dashboard)
This section gives you the status of the Fibonacci Target Engine. It shows if an Active Channel (entry zone) or Stop Zone (invalidation zone) is active and displays the precise price levels for the static entry, target, and stop calculated at the time of the signal.
🛡️ FILTERS & PREDICTIVES (Large Dashboard)
This panel provides a status check on all the bonus filters. It shows the current RSI Status, whether a Divergence is present, and if a Live Pending signal is forming.
The Visual Interface: A Symphony of Data
Every visual element is designed for instant, intuitive interpretation of market dynamics.
Signal Markers: These are the primary outputs of the engine.
▼/▲ b: A fully confirmed signal that has passed all filters.
? b: A tentative signal generated in Predictive Mode, indicating developing dynamics.
◈ b: This diamond icon replaces the standard triangle when the signal is confirmed by a strong momentum divergence, highlighting it as a superior setup where dynamics are misaligned with price.
Harmonic Wave: The flowing, colored wave around the price.
What It Represents: The market's "flow dynamic" and volatility.
How to Interpret It: Expanding waves show increasing volatility. The color is tied to the "Quantum Color" in your theme, representing the underlying energy field of the market.
Entropy Particles: The small dots appearing above/below price.
What They Represent: A direct visualization of the "order dynamic."
How to Interpret Them: Their presence signifies a low-entropy, ordered state ideal for trading. Their color indicates the direction of momentum (PSR velocity). Their absence means the market is too chaotic (high entropy).
The Fibonacci Target Engine: The dynamic R2R system appearing post-signal.
Static Fib Levels: Colored horizontal lines representing the market's "structural dynamic."
The Green "Active Channel" Box: Your zone of consideration. An area to manage a potential entry.
Development Philosophy
Reversal Point Dynamics was engineered to answer a fundamental question: can we objectively measure the forces behind a market turn? It is a synthesis of concepts from market microstructure, statistics, and information theory. The objective was never to create a "perfect" system, but to build a robust decision-support tool that provides a measurable, statistical edge by focusing on the principle of confluence.
By demanding that multiple, independent market dynamics align simultaneously, RPD filters out the vast majority of market noise. It is designed for the trader who thinks in terms of probability and risk management, not in terms of certainties. It is a tool to help you discount the obvious and bet on the unexpected alignment of market forces.
"Markets are constantly in a state of uncertainty and flux and money is made by discounting the obvious and betting on the unexpected."
— George Soros
Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
— Dskyz, for DAFE Trading Systems
Multi-Average Trend Indicator (MATI)[FibonacciFlux]Multi-Average Trend Indicator (MATI)
Overview
The Multi-Average Trend Indicator (MATI) is a versatile technical analysis tool designed for traders who aim to enhance their market insights and streamline their decision-making processes across various timeframes. By integrating multiple advanced moving averages, this indicator serves as a robust framework for identifying market trends, making it suitable for different trading styles—from scalping to swing trading.
MATI 4-hourly support/resistance
MATI 1-hourly support/resistance
MATI 15 minutes support/resistance
MATI 1 minutes support/resistance
Key Features
1. Diverse Moving Averages
- COVWMA (Coefficient of Variation Weighted Moving Average) :
- Provides insights into price volatility, helping traders identify the strength of trends in fast-moving markets, particularly useful for 1-minute scalping .
- DEMA (Double Exponential Moving Average) :
- Minimizes lag and quickly responds to price changes, making it ideal for capturing short-term price movements during volatile trading sessions .
- EMA (Exponential Moving Average) :
- Focuses on recent price action to indicate the prevailing trend, vital for day traders looking to enter positions based on current momentum.
- KAMA (Kaufman's Adaptive Moving Average) :
- Adapts to market volatility, smoothing out price action and reducing false signals, which is crucial for 4-hour day trading strategies.
- SMA (Simple Moving Average) :
- Provides a foundational view of the market trend, useful for swing traders looking at overall price direction over longer periods.
- VIDYA (Variable Index Dynamic Average) :
- Adjusts based on market conditions, offering a dynamic perspective that can help traders capture emerging trends.
2. Combined Moving Average
- The MATI's combined moving average synthesizes all individual moving averages into a single line, providing a clear and concise summary of market direction. This feature is especially useful for identifying trend continuations or reversals across various timeframes .
3. Dynamic Color Coding
- Each moving average is visually represented with color coding:
- Green indicates bullish conditions, while Red suggests bearish trends.
- This visual feedback allows traders to quickly assess market sentiment, facilitating faster decision-making.
4. Signal Generation and Alerts
- The indicator generates buy signals when the combined moving average crosses above its previous value, indicating a potential upward trend—ideal for quick entries in scalping.
- Conversely, sell signals are triggered when the combined moving average crosses below its previous value, useful for exiting positions or entering short trades.
Insights and Applications
1. Scalping on 1-Minute Charts
- The MATI excels in fast-paced environments, allowing scalpers to identify quick entry and exit points based on short-term trends. With dynamic signals and alerts, traders can react swiftly to price movements, maximizing profit potential in brief price fluctuations.
2. Day Trading on 4-Hour Charts
- For day traders, the MATI provides essential insights into intraday trends. By analyzing the combined moving average and its relation to individual moving averages, traders can make informed decisions on when to enter or exit positions, capitalizing on daily price swings.
3. Swing Trading on Daily Charts
- The MATI also serves as a valuable tool for swing traders. By evaluating longer-term trends through the combined moving average, traders can identify potential swing points and adjust their strategies accordingly. The flexibility of adjusting the lengths of the moving averages allows for tailored approaches based on market volatility.
Benefits
1. Clarity and Insight
- The combination of diverse moving averages offers a clear visual representation of market trends, aiding traders in making informed decisions across multiple timeframes.
2. Flexibility and Customization
- With adjustable parameters, traders can adapt the MATI to their specific strategies, making it suitable for various market conditions and trading styles.
3. Real-Time Alerts and Efficiency
- Built-in alerts minimize response times, allowing traders to capitalize on opportunities as they arise, regardless of their trading style.
Conclusion
The Multi-Average Trend Indicator (MATI) is an essential tool for traders seeking to enhance their technical analysis capabilities. By seamlessly integrating multiple moving averages with dynamic color coding and real-time alerts, this indicator provides a comprehensive approach to understanding market trends. Its versatility makes it an invaluable asset for scalpers, day traders, and swing traders alike.
Important Note
As with any trading tool, thorough analysis and risk management are crucial when using this indicator. Past performance does not guarantee future results, and traders should always be prepared for market fluctuations.
Trend Gazer: Unified ICT Trading System with Signals# Trend Gazer User Guide (English)
## 📖 Table of Contents
1. (#about-this-indicator)
2. (#quick-start-guide-3-steps)
3. (#detailed-usage)
4. (#settings-customization)
5. (#why-combine-multiple-features)
6. (#faq)
---
## About This Indicator
**Trend Gazer** is an integrated trading system designed to read institutional order flow like professional traders.
### 🎯 3 Problems This Indicator Solves
#### ❌ Problem 1: Too Many Indicators = Information Overload
```
Normal: RSI + MACD + Moving Average + Bollinger Bands... → Cluttered chart
Solution: All integrated into ONE indicator → Clean & Clear
```
#### ❌ Problem 2: Single Indicators Give False Signals
```
Normal: Enter based on RSI alone → Frequent stop-outs
Solution: Structure × Zone × Momentum multi-angle confirmation → Higher win rate
```
#### ❌ Problem 3: Unclear Entry Timing
```
Normal: Know the trend but don't know WHERE to enter
Solution: LS Bounce Signal shows EXACT entry points
```
---
## Quick Start Guide (3 Steps)
### 🚀 STEP 1: Confirm Trend Direction
**Look for CHoCH (Change of Character)**
```
📍 (1.CHoCH) label = Uptrend starting
📍 (a.CHoCH) label = Downtrend starting
```
**Important**: Wait for CHoCH! No direction without it.
---
### 🎯 STEP 2: Find Entry Points
**Wait for LS Bounce Signal (green/red labels)**
```
🟢 "Long@ HL only" label → LONG (buy) candidate
🔴 "Short@ LH only" label → SHORT (sell) candidate
```
**Label text color meaning**:
- **White text**: Clean trend (high confidence)
- **Yellow text**: Trend transition (moderate caution)
---
### 🛡️ STEP 3: Final Confirmation with Bar Color
**Bar color shows market state**
```
🔴 Red bar: BUY zone (buying is favored)
🟢 Green bar: SELL zone (selling is favored)
⚪ White bar: Neutral (wait and see)
```
---
## Detailed Usage
### 📊 Understanding the Chart
#### 1. Labels (Market Structure Changes)
```
(1.CHoCH) / (a.CHoCH) : Trend reversal
(2.SiMS) / (b.SiMS) : Momentum confirmation
(3.BoMS) / (c.BoMS) : Trend continuation
```
#### 2. Boxes (Institutional Order Zones)
```
📦 Blue boxes: Bullish OB (buy orders accumulated)
📦 Red boxes: Bearish OB (sell orders accumulated)
📦 Black transparent boxes: Liquidity Sweep
```
**How to use Order Blocks**:
- Function as support/resistance
- Signals within OB have higher reliability
- Use for stop-loss placement
#### 3. Lines (Trends and Support/Resistance)
```
━━━ Red lines: EMA20, EMA50, EMA100 (short to mid-term trends)
━━━ Blue lines: 60min NPR/BB bands (support/resistance)
```
#### 4. Bar Colors (Filter 6)
```
Bar color = Real-time market state
🔴 Red: Buying is favored
🟢 Green: Selling is favored
⚪ White: Neutral
```
---
### 🎯 Practical Trading Flow
#### 📍 Preparation Phase
```
1. Open chart (recommended: 5min or 15min)
2. Add Trend Gazer to chart
3. Start in observation mode (don't enter yet)
```
#### 📍 Entry Decision
```
✅ CHoCH confirms direction → Uptrend starting
✅ LS Bounce Signal "Long@ HL only" appears
→ Entry point candidate
✅ Bar turns red → Market supports buying
→ Entry decision 🎯
✅ Place stop below nearest Order Block (blue box)
```
#### 📍 Exit Decision
```
🔴 Opposite LS Bounce Signal "Short@ LH only" appears
→ Consider taking profit
🔴 Bar turns green
→ Potential trend reversal, review position
🔴 Stop loss hit
→ Exit with loss
```
---
### 💡 Tips for Higher Win Rate
#### ✅ DO's
```
1. Enter AFTER CHoCH appears
2. Prioritize white-text LS Bounce Signals
3. Check higher timeframe (1H or Daily) trend
4. Emphasize signals within Order Blocks
5. Use bar color as final confirmation
```
#### ❌ DON'Ts
```
1. Enter before CHoCH → No clear direction
2. Enter only on yellow text → Unstable transition period
3. Ignore bar color → Trading against market state
4. Don't check Order Blocks → Unclear support/resistance
5. Enter same direction consecutively → Overtrading
```
---
## Settings Customization
### 🔧 How to Open Settings
```
1. Right-click on indicator name on chart
2. Select "Settings..."
3. Settings panel opens
```
---
### 📋 Recommended Setting Profiles
#### 🔰 Beginner Settings (Simple)
**Goal**: Reduce noise, show only important signals
```
【FILTERS】
✅ Bonus Filter: ON
✅ Filter 6 (OB/BB/NPR Zone Filter): ON
❌ Direction Filter: OFF
❌ Liquidation Reversal Filter: OFF
❌ ICT Market Structure Filter: OFF
❌ EMA Trend Filter: OFF
❌ OB/FVG Filter 1: OFF
❌ OB/FVG Filter 2: OFF
【SIGNALS】
✅ Signal 0 (Bonus): ON
✅ Signal 1 (VWC Change): ON
✅ Signal 2 (Liq Rev): ON
❌ Signal 3 (LS): OFF (complex alone)
❌ Signal 4 (LS Break): OFF
❌ Signal 5 (OB+LS NPR): OFF
❌ Signal 6 (OB+LS EMA): OFF
【LS BOUNCE SIGNAL】
✅ Exclude EMA50 from touch detection: OFF
❌ Only show when EMA fills are mixed: OFF
```
**What happens with this setup**:
- Only Bonus (black background) signals display
- LS Bounce Signals clearly visible
- Noisy signals filtered out
---
#### 💪 Intermediate Settings (Balanced)
**Goal**: Enable key filters for better accuracy
```
【FILTERS】
✅ Bonus Filter: ON
✅ Filter 6 (OB/BB/NPR Zone Filter): ON
✅ ICT Market Structure Filter: ON
❌ Direction Filter: OFF
❌ Liquidation Reversal Filter: OFF
❌ EMA Trend Filter: OFF
❌ OB/FVG Filter 1: OFF
❌ OB/FVG Filter 2: OFF
【SIGNALS】
✅ Signal 0 (Bonus): ON
✅ Signal 1 (VWC Change): ON
✅ Signal 2 (Liq Rev): ON
✅ Signal 3 (LS): ON
❌ Signal 4 (LS Break): OFF
❌ Signal 5 (OB+LS NPR): OFF
❌ Signal 6 (OB+LS EMA): OFF
【LS BOUNCE SIGNAL】
✅ Exclude EMA50 from touch detection: OFF
❌ Only show when EMA fills are mixed: OFF
```
**What happens with this setup**:
- Signals only after CHoCH (trend confirmed)
- Filter 6 changes bar colors
- Liquidity Sweeps also displayed
---
#### 🚀 Advanced Settings (Full Utilization)
**Goal**: Master all features
```
【FILTERS】
✅ Bonus Filter: ON
✅ Filter 6 (OB/BB/NPR Zone Filter): ON
✅ ICT Market Structure Filter: ON
✅ Direction Filter: ON
✅ EMA Trend Filter: ON
❌ Liquidation Reversal Filter: OFF (optional)
✅ OB/FVG Filter 1: ON
✅ OB/FVG Filter 2: ON
【SIGNALS】
✅ All ON
【LS BOUNCE SIGNAL】
✅ Exclude EMA50 from touch detection: ON (reduce EMA50 noise)
✅ Only show when EMA fills are mixed: ON (show only transition zones)
```
**What happens with this setup**:
- Fewer signals (precision-focused)
- Multiple confirmations greatly reduce false signals
- Only signals confirmed by trend, momentum, and zones
---
### 🎨 Display Customization
#### Change Label Size
```
【BUY/SELL SIGNAL APPEARANCE】
→ "BUY/SELL Label Size"
→ Choose from: tiny / small / normal / large / huge
Recommended: small (default)
```
#### Order Block Display Settings
```
【ORDER BLOCK (OB) SETTINGS】
✅ Show Current TF OB: Current timeframe OB
✅ Show 1min OB: 1-minute OB
✅ Show 5min OB: 5-minute OB
✅ Show 15min OB: 15-minute OB
Recommended: Only 15min OB ON (simple)
```
#### Liquidity Sweep Display
```
【LIQUIDITY SWEEPS SETTINGS】
→ "Sweep Length": Sensitivity (small=frequent, large=selective)
→ "Sweep Option": Standard / Maximum
Recommended: Length=40, Option=Standard
```
#### NPR/BB Bands Display
```
【NPR (NON-REPAINT STDEV) SETTINGS】
✅ Display 60min NPR Bands: 60-minute support/resistance
❌ Display Current TF NPR Bands: Current timeframe (optional)
Recommended: Only 60min ON
```
---
### ⚙️ Advanced Settings
#### Fine-tune Filter 6
```
【FINAL FILTERS】
→ "Enable Filter 6 (OB/BB/NPR Zone Filter)"
When ON:
- Bars color-coded red/green/white
- Behavior at OB, NPR/BB touches controlled
```
#### LS Bounce Signal Adjustments
```
【LS BOUNCE SIGNAL】
→ "Exclude EMA50 from touch detection"
OFF: Detect NPR/BB/EMA50 (all 3)
ON: Detect NPR/BB only (exclude EMA50)
→ "Only show when EMA fills are mixed"
OFF: Show all LS Bounce Signals
ON: Show only transition zone signals (yellow text)
```
#### MTF (Multi-Timeframe) Control
```
【ORDER BLOCK (OB) SETTINGS】
→ "Disable MTF on 1hr+ Charts"
ON: Disable MTF on 1H+ (save memory)
OFF: MTF enabled on all timeframes
Recommended: ON (unnecessary on larger timeframes)
```
---
### 🎯 Purpose-Based Configuration Guide
#### 🔍 Goal 1: Reduce Signal Count
```
✅ Bonus Filter: ON
✅ ICT Market Structure Filter: ON
✅ Filter 6: ON
✅ All Signals OFF, only Signal 0 ON
```
#### 🔍 Goal 2: Get More Signals
```
❌ All Filters OFF
✅ All Signals ON
```
#### 🔍 Goal 3: Trend Following Only
```
✅ ICT Market Structure Filter: ON
✅ Direction Filter: ON
✅ EMA Trend Filter: ON
```
#### 🔍 Goal 4: Counter-Trend Trading
```
✅ LS Bounce Signal: ON
✅ Filter 6: ON
❌ ICT Market Structure Filter: OFF
```
#### 🔍 Goal 5: Day Trading (5-15min charts)
```
✅ Show 15min OB: ON
✅ Display 60min NPR Bands: ON
✅ LS Bounce Signal: ON
❌ Show 1min/5min OB: OFF
```
#### 🔍 Goal 6: Scalping (1-5min charts)
```
✅ Show 5min OB: ON
✅ Show 15min OB: ON
✅ Display 60min NPR Bands: ON
✅ All Signals: ON
```
---
### 💾 Saving and Loading Settings
#### Save Settings
```
1. Click "..." in top-right of Settings screen
2. Select "Save as default"
→ Same settings auto-applied next time
```
#### Reset Settings
```
1. Click "..." in top-right of Settings screen
2. Select "Reset settings"
→ Return to default settings
```
---
## Why Combine Multiple Features?
### 🎯 Problem: Single Indicator Limitations
Common trader problems:
```
❌ RSI alone → Trade against trend, lose
❌ Moving Average alone → Late entry timing
❌ Support/Resistance alone → Caught by false breakouts
```
**Markets are complex**. One angle isn't enough.
---
### 💡 Solution: Multi-Angle Integrated Approach
#### 1️⃣ Structure × Zone × Momentum
```
📐 Structure (ICT CHoCH)
→ "Which direction is likely?"
📦 Zone (OB/NPR/BB)
→ "Where will price react?"
💨 Momentum (EMA/VWC)
→ "Is there momentum now?"
```
**When all 3 align = Highest win-rate timing**
---
#### 2️⃣ Multi-Timeframe Analysis
```
Big picture: Confirm Daily direction
Medium-term: Check 1H Order Blocks
Short-term: Time entry on 5min
```
**Short-term entries aligned with higher timeframes = Better win rate**
---
#### 3️⃣ Understanding Liquidity
```
🎣 Institutional strategy:
1. Intentionally move price opposite to stop out retail
2. Then, move in real direction
💡 Liquidity Sweep = Visualize this "trap"
→ Read institutional order flow
```
---
### 🧠 Integration Examples
#### Case 1: RSI Alone vs Integrated System
**Scenario**: RSI at 30 (oversold)
```
❌ RSI-only decision:
→ "Buy!"
→ But downtrend continues, loss 😢
✅ Trend Gazer:
CHoCH check → Still downtrend ❌
Order Block → In Bearish OB ❌
LS Bounce → SHORT signal only ❌
→ Skip or SHORT
→ Avoid loss ✅
```
**Result**: Multiple filters block wrong entry
---
#### Case 2: LS Bounce Signal 2-Stage Logic
**Scenario**: Price touches 60min NPR lower band
```
🔍 Traditional method:
Touched → Buy!
→ But price continues down 😢
✅ Trend Gazer:
Stage 1: NPR touch + red bar → Flag ON
Stage 2: EMA20 crosses above EMA50 → Confirm bounce
→ Now "Long@ HL only" displays
→ Entry → Success ✅
```
**Result**: Not just "touch" but "touch + bounce confirmation" improves accuracy
---
### 🎓 Progressive Learning Design
This indicator is designed for **beginners to advanced**:
```
📖 Beginner (Month 1):
Use only CHoCH + LS Bounce Signal
→ Learn trend and entry points
📖 Intermediate (Months 2-3):
Add Order Block + Bar Color
→ Learn support/resistance and filtering
📖 Advanced (Month 6+):
Master all features
→ Read institutional order flow
```
**Ultimate goal**: Indicator becomes confirmation tool. Your market sense becomes primary.
---
### 🔬 Technical Advantages
#### 1. Non-Repaint STDEV (NPR)
```
Normal Bollinger Bands:
→ Past data changes (repaints)
→ Inaccurate backtesting
NPR:
→ Past data doesn't change (non-repaint)
→ Reliable verification possible
```
#### 2. 2-Stage Signal Logic
```
Traditional: Condition met → Immediate signal
→ Many false signals
Trend Gazer: Condition1 → Flag ON → Condition2 → Signal
→ Confirmation step improves accuracy
```
#### 3. Alternating Filter
```
Problem: Same-direction signals spam
→ Overtrading
Solution: LONG → SHORT → LONG alternating only
→ Prevent unnecessary entries
```
---
### 💎 Conclusion: Why Integration?
```
Single indicator = "Partial truth"
Integrated system = "3D market perspective"
```
**Markets are multifaceted**. One angle isn't enough.
Trend Gazer **integrates multiple screens pros watch simultaneously into ONE**,
allowing beginners to read charts with institutional perspective.
---
## FAQ
### ❓ Q1: Which timeframe is best?
**A**: Depends on trading style
```
Scalping: 1min ~ 5min
Day Trading: 5min ~ 15min
Swing: 1H ~ 4H
```
**Important**: LS Bounce Signal only works on 30min and below.
---
### ❓ Q2: Too many signals, confused
**A**: Enable filters
```
【Recommended Settings】
✅ Bonus Filter: ON
✅ Filter 6: ON
✅ ICT Market Structure Filter: ON
→ Show only Signal 0
```
This significantly reduces signal count.
---
### ❓ Q3: No CHoCH appearing, what to do?
**A**: Wait or check higher timeframe
```
Method 1: Wait for CHoCH (recommended)
Method 2: Check higher timeframe (e.g., Daily) for trend
Method 3: Disable ICT Filter (not recommended)
```
**When trend is unclear, sitting out is also strategy**.
---
### ❓ Q4: LS Bounce Signal not appearing
**A**: Checkpoints
```
1. Are you on 30min or below chart?
→ Doesn't show on 1H+
2. Are NPR/BB bands displayed?
→ Check Settings "Display 60min NPR Bands"
3. Is EMA50 excluded?
→ If "Exclude EMA50" is ON, EMA50 signals won't show
```
---
### ❓ Q5: Bar color not changing?
**A**: Check Filter 6
```
Settings → FINAL FILTERS
→ Confirm "Enable Filter 6 (OB/BB/NPR Zone Filter)" is ON
If ON but still not changing:
→ Current price may be outside OB/NPR/BB zones
```
---
### ❓ Q6: Too many Order Blocks, hard to see
**A**: Narrow down displayed OBs
```
Settings → ORDER BLOCK (OB) SETTINGS
Recommended:
❌ Show Current TF OB: OFF
❌ Show 1min OB: OFF
❌ Show 5min OB: OFF
✅ Show 15min OB: ON (only this)
```
---
### ❓ Q7: How to improve win rate?
**A**: Thorough multiple confirmations
```
Checklist:
✅ CHoCH appeared
✅ LS Bounce Signal (white text)
✅ Bar color matches (red bar=LONG, green bar=SHORT)
✅ Signal within Order Block
✅ Aligns with higher timeframe trend
Enter ONLY when all align
```
---
### ❓ Q8: Want to practice on demo
**A**: Recommended practice method
```
Week 1: Observation only
→ Watch signals and chart movement
→ Resist entering
Weeks 2-3: Keep records
→ Screenshot when signal appears
→ Record subsequent movement
Week 4+: Start demo trading
→ Start with small amounts
→ Continue keeping records
```
---
### ❓ Q9: Are there alert features?
**A**: Yes, multiple alerts available
```
Setup method:
1. Right-click indicator on chart
2. Select "Add Alert..."
3. Choose from:
- ANY ALERT: BUY/SELL Signals
- BUY ONLY ALERT
- SELL ONLY ALERT
- MS UP / MS DOWN
- BAR COLOR: RED / LIME
- LS BOUNCE: LONG / SHORT Signal
```
---
### ❓ Q10: Works on other markets?
**A**: Yes, works on all markets
```
✅ Cryptocurrency (BTC, ETH, etc.)
✅ Forex (EUR/USD, USD/JPY, etc.)
✅ Stocks (individual stocks, indices)
✅ Futures (oil, gold, etc.)
```
Works on any market with price and volume data.
---
## 📋 Disclaimer
### ⚠️ Important Notice
This indicator is for **educational and informational purposes only**.
```
❌ NOT investment advice
❌ Does NOT guarantee profits
❌ Past results do NOT guarantee future performance
```
### Risk Warning
```
⚠️ Trading involves substantial risk
⚠️ Only trade with funds you can afford to lose
⚠️ Practice extensively on demo account before live trading
⚠️ Make your own informed decisions and act at your own risk
```
---
## 📞 Support
### Feedback & Questions
Feel free to ask questions in TradingView comments section.
### Bug Reports
Please report with specific details (timeframe, symbol, screenshots).
---
**Author**: rasukaru666
**License**: Mozilla Public License 2.0
**Last Updated**: December 2025
**Version**: Latest
---
**Thank you for using Trend Gazer!**
**Happy Trading! 📈**
---------------
